oye Sh ae re ae hee) 8:9 2 pana VW a oly \. 4 ’ ek We ate aay tal iat nate tas ney urn re teeihy MY alae ho aa a Sitar 4. cyntiat » Bs CL en Han Py Ui Meee! fe Lint ni Meas PL ke Le Th be A FN. ee Bee Be ae Van at ; “ Pon om mb Shem ratcaN POH [Onis € cur oan oN Sy ad Bede ke ena Te Apis ‘ rrr it PND AG ea ey eth a 4S ‘ ‘ re erry De, Sra ace ‘ iy yrs Cee ee a at - a eit fb says ee ee 3 ee 8 Yon ns spat ae Pa A A AGB Hae ne Sh Mate ett OM SL SUC Nc eat ee oe Pid Ml demon Cone de wher Rho f Wie Lom ea RST MEN TH RNR RA, teR gh. SABAH R Na Wate e elated fs Koen Sere: ANN Se fe it sg va OF fpusionten era ab opreprureaies AV ENTTRIN GY 1 Trait A UN ER wor b De AMM Me Wyre SON Sty Ae Pen Sr Se RL ty we Ms’ SS P= St Pea PR a3 8 hater aye CL es ate heel ed SER iNet Cae CE mt dye CF a a are RA GAMA OS bog MeN tiPe he RuPoy Airs! Skee ge nO Pitty 2 oO gPeoe ye 9 eh ob ye ar al Fite Mel gtigtt Oat a Mh got ea ee ee oe oC rae 2 Soak Akos dec OPE Se Oi tte age) st MS oo oe tt PP Be Mat f a 4 re o Aas hd oh ete ee Poe OA ee st i Re oe ees ee ee a Sith SN bet Rh ts Te =e ge elt MNP of a™ rs ean de Oa a a PA Oe ae Par Noting", 2A MO Pedi cig? avo as he eet Roney te ar ae Ser olintint ?. Wg + fren ih b "Oe Rap hg nays 6 * os ti th LA Woe & tate Pe es Saigtg pee FaBe S06 Ee Reteta bo My a iy Lp I< % \ Lillie RSX ex Libris Checks —_— ey 5 =, i 56% V. 1G- 1% as im vit. Volume 16 1962 Number 1 JOURNAL, of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue ANALYSIS OF PIERIS NAPI & BRYONIZ: IN EUROPE ECOLOGY OF DONNER PASS RHOPALOCERA BIOLOGY OF SANDIA AND DYOPS NOTES ON ERORA QUADERNA (Complete contents on back cover) 30 August 1962 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1962 OFFICERS President: Joun A. Comstock (Del Mar, Calif., U. S. A.) Ist Vice President: H. B. D. KettrLewe xu (Oxford, England) Vice President: Himosuti INovE (Fujisawa, Japan) Vice President: TARSICIO EscALANTE (Mexico City, Mexico) Treasurer: GrorcE EuLe (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SmpnEY A. HEssEu (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Paut R. Exruicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: Frioyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1962: Harry Krocerus ( Helsingfors, Finland) F. M. Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo., U. S. A.) Terms expire Dec. 1963: J. C. E. Riotre (Toronto, Canada) Da.ror Povotny (Brno, Czechoslovakia) Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. pE La Torre y Cauieyas ( Havana, Cuba) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. JouRNAL OF Tue Leprpoprerists’ SOCIETY Volume 16 1962 Number 1 NOTES ON ERORA (LYCAENIDA‘) by Kittan ROEVER Prior to 1940 all the Erora occuring in the United States were con- sidered to be Erora laeta Edwards. The range at that time was known to be curiously disjunct. An eastern population occuring from Ontario and Nova Scotia south to Virginia and a southwestern population occuring in Arizona were known. Dos Passos (1940) described the population in Arizona and New Mexico as Erora leta sanfordi. He made no mention of Erora quaderna (Hewitson) so I presume no Mexican Erora were examined. Fietp (1941) affiliated the Arizona population with Erora quaderna which was described from Mexico in 1868 and listed Erora lzta sanfordi dos Passos as a synonym. FreLp’s decision was based apparently on the original description and on the description found in the Biologia Centrali- Americana. He also made no mention of examining any Erora from Mexico. FieLp treated Thecla attalion Godman & Salvin as a dimorphic form of the male of quaderna, the name being based on a form lacking the green color on the ventral wing surfaces. He cautioned that such specimens lacking the green beneath may not occur in nature except in a worn condition. It has been my experience with quaderna in Arizona that the green overscaling is easily removed leaving a brownish-buff color on the undersurfaces. In view of this it seems that attalion can remain in synonomy. CiencH (1943) revived sanfordi as the subspecies of quaderna oc- curing in the southwestern United States. His opinion was primarily based on the comparison of two quaderna specimens from Tancitaro, Michoacan, Mexico with Arizona material. CLENcH selected Tancitaro as the type locality because the type of quaderna, a female in the British NS) Rorver: Erora Vol.16: no.1 Museum, carried no accurate data. Unfortunately CLENcH failed to give any characters by which quaderna quaderna and quaderna sanfordi could be separated. In an attempt to learn the diagnostic characters separating the subspecies I borrowed from the Museum of Comparative Zoology the two females (Tancitaro, Michoacan, Mexico, 7800’, VI-30-41 and VII-8-41, resp.; H. Hoocsrraat and R. Haac, collectors) which CLeNcH had examined. In addition Dr. Tarsicio EscaLantE kindly loaned me two females (Desierto de los Leones, approx. 7500’, Distrito Federal, Mexico, I-45 and IJ-23-61). These four specimens from central Mexico were compared with a series of Erora from various localities in southern Arizona. The variation of the Arizona material clearly encompasses the Mexican material. On the basis of my comparison I consider sanfordi to be a synonym of quaderna, as did Fie.p. I shall add that in a series of forty females from Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Santa Cruz Co., Arizona, there is considerable variation in the amount and shade of blue on the dorsal surface and in the size of the orange spots on the ventral surface. In giving the distribution of quaderna within the United States Fretp (1941) lists Arizona, Utah, and New Mexico. I have been able to find no further record concerning the occurence of this species in Utah. Dos Passos (1940) records two specimens received from R. T. KELLOGG of Silver City, New Mexico. Ltoyp M. Martin (in litt.) states that there is one specimen in the Los Angeles County Museum collection bearing the label data: III-22-40, Providence Mts., San Bernardino Co., California, T. B. Buevins, JR., collector. This is an entirely different environment from that in which it occurs in Arizona. In 1960 I located a specimen of quaderna in the collection at park headquarters of Big Bend National Park. The data on this specimen, a female, were Big Bend National Park, Brewster Co., Texas, VI-12-37, Roun H. Baker, collector. To my knowledge this represents the first record of this species from Texas and is a considerable eastward range extension. The data of my Erora quaderna collections in Arizona are as follows: APACHE COUNTY: Trout Creek Road, 4-6 mi. S of Smith Park, approx. 7500’, VII-4-58, 3 males; VII-4-59, 4 males; VI-25 & 26-60, 4 males, 1 female; VII-22-61, 1 male, 3 females. COCHISE COUNTY: E. Turkey Creek Canyon, approx. 3 mi. E of Onion Saddle, Chiricahua Mts., 6400’ — IV-10-59, 2 males, 10 females, IV-15-60, 12 females. Pinery Canyon, Chiricahua Mts., IV-15-60, 2 males, 4 females. 1 mi. NW of the South- western Research Station, Chiricahua Mts., [V-15-60, 4 females. 1 mi. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 3 N of Rustler Park, Chiricahua Mts., VI-19-60, 2 males. COCONINO COUNTY: Oak Creek Canyon, 7 mi. N of Sedona, III-28-59, 1 male. Todd’s Lodge, Oak Creek Canyon, VII-16-61, 1 female. GILA COUNTY: Peterson Ranch, 7000’, Sierra Ancha, VII-2-60, 2 females. Tonto Creek Fish Hatchery, VI-28-61, 1 male. GRAHAM COUNTY: Wet Canyon, 6000’, Pinaleno Mts., [V-23-61, 2 females. GREENLEE COUNTY: Rt. 666, 8 mi. S of Hannigan Meadows, VII-5-59, 6 males. Grays Peak Road Camp, Rt. 666, VII-5-59, 5 males, 1 female. PIMA COUNTY: Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., 4400-4600’, III-8-59, 1 male; III-19-60, 3 males. Summerhaven, 7800’, Santa Catalina Mts., V-24-59, 1 male; VII-9-61, 1 female. PINAL COUNTY: Peppersauce Wash, 5000’, Santa Catalina Mts., IV-18-61, 1 female. SANTA CRUZ COUNTY: Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., 5600-6400’, III-29-59, 3 males; [V-9-59, 4 males, 28 females; [V-10-59, 1 male, 32 females; [V-3-60, 8 females; IV-9-60, 3 females; VII-6-60, 2 males, 7 females; VII-9-60, 4 females; VII-13-60, 2 females; IV-6-61, 12 females. All of the known records of guaderna in Arizona are from the isolated mountain ranges in the southeastern part or from the Mogollon Rim area which extends in an irregular line from near Sedona eastward to McNary, then southeast to the vicinity of Glenwood, New Mexico. In addition to the counties previously mentioned it has been recorded by others from several localities in Yavapai County. The flight peaks seem to fall during the first two weeks of April and again during late June and the first week of July. Captures range in elevation from 4400’ to 7800’ although quaderna was encountered most frequently from 5500’ to 7500’ in the oak and pine zones. The collections I have made indicate that females are more abundant than males by a 3:1 ratio. In the case of lta, females are also reported more frequently than the males. This unequal sex ratio may be only a result of incomplete sampling methods. Erora quaderna is readily attracted to the flowers of Ceanothus fendleri Gray. I have also taken it on the flowers of Prunus virens (Woot. & Standl.), Nolina microcarpa Wats., and Monarda sp. It is not unusual during early April in Madera Canyon to see several hundred specimens during the course of a day. At that time of year they are easily taken at damp spots along the stream or in flight along the road and trails. The flight has been noted to move down the canyon unless a strong wind was blowing. : Several present day workers consider quaderna may be conspecific with Jzta. I am not prepared to comment on this relationship since I have examined only two speciments of the latter. A key character that 4 RoEveErR: Erora Vol.16: no.1 has been cited for distinguishing males of these two species is the absence of a blue tornal patch on the dorsal surface of the hindwing in quaderna and its presence in leta. This is not a consistant character as I have five males of quaderna which exhibit a conspicious tornal patch. I have not been successful in locating the foodplant of quaderna. The foodplants of lata have been listed as Fagus (beech) and Corylus (hazlenut). According to KEARNEY & PEEBLES (1960) no members of these genera occur in Arizona. The southernmost record of lata that has been published was of a female taken along the Little River, 3000’, Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Sevier Co., Tennessee, [V-15-38 by ArrHur SrupKa, the park naturalist (Field, 1941). While checking collecting records at the park headquarters of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park I found reference to a specimen of leta taken VII-17-36, on Andrew's Bald, 5860’, G.S.M.N.P., Swain Co., North Carolina, SrmBperr & Evans, collectors. This is the first record of this species in North Carolina. It also represents an altitudinal high and the southernmost record for the United States. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am grateful to Mr. Harotp Bropericx, park naturalist at the Big Bend National Park, Dr. P. J. Darxincton, Jr. of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, and Dr. Tarsicio EscaLANTE of Mexico City for the loan of specimens, to Mr. Lioyp M. Martin of the Los Angeles County Museum for information concerning specimens under his care, to Mr. ARTHUR STUpPKA, park naturalist of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park for permission to examine the park collection, and to Dr. FLroyp G. WerNeER of the University of Arizona for comments con- cerning the manuscript. References Clench, H. K., 1943. A note on the Arizona Erora. Journ. N. Y. ent. soc. 51: 221-223. dos Passos, C. F., 1940. A new subspecies of Erora leta Edw. from Arizona and New Mexico. Amer. mus. novitates 1052: 1-2. Field, W. D., 1941. Notes on Erora leta (Edwards) and Erora quaderna (Hewit- son). Annals ent. soc. America 34: 303-316, 3 pls. Kearney, T. H., & R. H. Peebles, with supplement by J. T. Howell & Elizabeth McClintock, 1960. Arizona flora, 2nd ed. 1085 pp., 45 pls. Department of Entomology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Ariz., U. S. A. 962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 5 THE GENETICS AND REPRODUCTIVE ISOLATING MECHANISMS OF THE PIERIS NAPI-BRYONIAZ, GROUP by Z. Lorkovic I. INTRODUCTION The case of Pieris napi L. and bryoniz Ochsenheimer has wasted much ink in arguments among taxonomists as to whether bryoniz is a distinct species or only a subspecies of napi, without having brought about a satisfactory explanation. Even after the extensive work of MULLER and Kautz (1938), a turning-point in the opinions on this problem, the situation remained rather unchanged for a more critical or biologically trained judge, familiar to some extent with the circumstances in this difficult group. This failure is mainly due to the fact that most early investigators as well as MuLLER and Kautz themselves have not used the genetic approach. The research of B. PETERSEN (1948-1955) offered a first refreshing exception, and his important conclusions anticipate some of those reached in the present paper. Nevertheless a more exhaustive genetic analysis of the napi - bryoniz# complex remained necessary. In fact, at the same time as I was about to publish my genetic research obtained some years ago, several articles of BOwDEN appeared (1955, 1956, 1957, 1958) containing also some genetical and experimental data about the questions involved, though a conclusive genetic survey has not been given. Besides this, his results differ in some respects so much from my own that it will be by no means unnecessary to show here the results of my investigations in the usual genetic way. THE ProsLteM. The main attractive point for the taxonomist lies in the great color differences between the females of these two forms as well as in the geographic restriction of bryoniz to the Alps, Carpathians, Scandinavia, and to some less known parts of Asia and North America. On the other hand, napi is widely distributed in both the plains and the mountains of the Palzarctic and Nearctic Regions but usually does not appear in the areas of bryonizx. Because of its restricted boreal - alpine distribution and the occurrence of more or less common transitions towards napi, bryoniz was in the past considered to be an ecological race of P. napi. However since MuLLER and Kautz have in their extensive work offered certain arguments in-favor of the specific distinctness of the two forms, their view has gained more and more adherents among levidopterists, so that finaly Forster and Woutrart in their work Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas (1955) quoted bryonix as a good species, 6 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryonizx Vol.16: no.1 although the problem has not reached its conclusive stage. My use here of the term “adherents” suggests that we are not concerned with a systematically simple case, but rather with one that is in some respect ambigous. Such cases of controversial opinions have much interest from the evolutionary point of view, because this fact itself suggests that we are dealing with an incomplete stage of speciation, which deserves a closer analysis, especially from the genetical and populational aspect. The present paper refers to my research concerning the genetics of the morphological characters of napi and bryonizx, to the occurrence of recombinations of these characters in nature, to the possible and ex- perimental hybridisation and to the degrees of reproductive isolating mechanisms between the two forms. II]. Generics or CoLor DIFFERENCES BETWEEN P. bryoniz# anv P. napi MATERIALS AND BREEDING METHODS. The crossings were performed with the ssp. neobryonixz Sheljuzhko that is abundant in the Alpine parts of western Yugoslavia and with napi from the lowland districts of the environments of Zagreb, where no bryoniz occur. Some crossings were also obtained with Alpine napi captured in districts where they fly together with bryonizw (Krnica Valley, Ratecée, Planica). During 1947 - 1951 about 200 broods were reared to imagos and more than twice as many matings have been carried out. Previously (1926, 1931, 1954; broods from wild females occasionally captured at the lower situated localities of bryoniz (Fala, Savinja valley, Krnica below Prisojnik ) served rather as an orientation for further decisive research. The matings were obtained always under the experimentator’s control either inside the laboratory, mostly at the windows, or outdoors in the net, sometimes also free in the field. Many pairings could be realised only by the authors’ artificial copulatory method using clamped females and immobilised males (Lorkovié 1948, 1952). The mating usually lasted 1 to 1% hours. The egg-laying females were kept in cages provided with a cotton net and the eggs were deposited on the potted food plant Roripa silvestris, where the larvee remained until the last molt. Sub- sequently the larve were transported to plants kept in water. The plants must be changed every one or two days whether they are eaten by the larvee or not. By this way the losses caused by diseases were reduced practically to zero. The pupation occurred on the walls of the cage or’ in cardboard boxes, where the larve were placed after they had stopped feeding. Emerged male imagos usually were kept in cardboard boxes about 15 X 15 < 30 cm for two or three days at a lower temperature (15° 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society i - 18°C) wherefrom they were liberated once daily for some minutes for feeding. In such a manner the males can be kept in good condition before they become ripe to mate; this usually takes two or three days before one may with great probability count upon the mating ability of a male. On the contrary, the females are able to mate as soon as their wings grow strong enough for flying. Older females are more convenient only in the case when the artificial pairing methods must be used. GENES AFFECTING THE WING COLOUR OF bryonix# AND napi. The first clear and doubtless assertion about the inheritance of the main bryoniz character, i. e. the dark melanic markings along the wing veins in bryoniz females (these are missing in napi) has been expressed in PETERSEN'S paper (1955), where on the strength of my unpublished research he reported that the bryonizw character is dominant over that of napi. A short note appeared previously to the paper mentioned in the Proceedings of the IX. International Entomological Congress (1952), where I de- clared in the discussion of HEssELBARTH' report that the bryoniz pattern is dominant, whereas the inheritance of the brownish yellow color is intermediary. All other previous opinions about this matter, so far as is known to me, were uncertain, which is no wonder, for without reared F» generation or back-crosses such a decision could not be reached. In fact, nearly all previous breeders, as well as some recent ones, suffered great losses caused by diseases, owing to the faulty breeding methods, so that the poor F2 broods were not sufficient for an accurate genetical analysis. One exception was Main’s crossing between 1907 and 1909, but in spite of a satisfactory breeding method he reached a quite erroneous conviction “that the inheritance of bryonizw characters passed almost entirely through the female” (quoted after BowpEn, 1956). After this failure it was not earlier than in 1956 that BowbeNn published the first successful research on this matter, and his results agree in general with my own. In respect to the lacks in the genetic interpretation of the cross- ings in his paper I shall give here a genetical analysis of my crossings in connection with the question of the reproductive isolation of these two butterflies. The following crosses have been carried out by the author: napi & X bryoniz BRroop 1. 1932: & Podsused (Zagreb); @ Rogovilec, Savinja valley, Karawanken Alps RCE 2. 1947: § Maksimir (Zagreb); 2 VrSic, Julian Alps, 1400 m. OOF 3. 1948: g Maksimir (Zagreb); @ VrSié, ex larva 1947 1 bn 8 Beye, Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 bryoniex 3 X napi g 4. 1935: g Mangart, Julian Alps; 2 Podsused (Zagreb) M x P 0. 1948: ¢ Vrsié, ex larva 1947; 9 Periénik, Vrata valley, Julian Alps, 900 m. 3 nb 6. 1948: ¢ Krnica, Julian Alps, 1100 m.; 2 Mt. Sljeme (Zagreb), 600 m. (27)3 Besides the listed crossings, several bryoniz broods from various localities of the Julian Alps and the Karawanken Alps in the Yugoslay part of the southeastern Alps have been carried out, i. e. from: Zirovnica, 700 m.; Fala near Maribor, 300 m.; Rogovilec in Savinja valley, 650 m.; Vrata valley in the Julian Alps, 800 m.; VrSié and Mojstrovka in the Julian Alps, 1400-1800 m.; and Bovec in the Trenta valley, 600 m. P. napi were mostly used directly from nature, since napi is the species of the environment of Zagreb, ranging eastwards to the line Maribor - Zidani most approximately, where the last small populations of a light bryoniz can be found. The most important genetic results were obtained from the cross “IY” which could be brought up to the 14th generation without introduc- tion of any new bryoniz blood, but with 7 refreshments of outdoor napi. The recent analysis of these crossings confirmed the author’s previously mentioned remarks about the inheritance of the main bryoniz# and napi characters. The three taxonomic distinctions between these two forms are controlled by three independent pairs or groups of genes: 1) An autosomal gene pair controls the extension of the dark MELANIC COLOR along the wing-veins; its dominant allele, B, causes the bryoniz# females to be heavily infuscated along the veins, whereas with the recessive allele, b, characteristic for napi, the darkening along the veins is either absent or reduced to the outer (distal) part of the veins (Fig.l 2 2 ). In the male sex the manifestation of these alleles is only slight, it is similar in both forms and therefore markedly sex-controlled. 2) The BRownIsH- YELLOW GROUND COLOR of bryonix# females, and the WHITE one of napi controlled by another pair or group of genes, Y, y, and its expression is strongly sex-controlled, since the males are completely white. 3) A third pair of alleles, W, w, affects the WHITE or GREENISH-YELLOW GROUND COLOR of the underside of the hindwings and the apex of the forewings, especially in males, and is thus partially sex-controlled. We shall now turn to the more detailed analysis of each of the men- tioned gene-pairs. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 9 Fig. 1. Melanic wing color pattern in females and males of bryoniw (left) and napi (right) which are controlled by the allele pair B and b. Tue B, b attetes. The main controversy concerning the allelic pair Bb which controls the principal feature of bryonizw against napi is the question of its dominance. Because of the fact that the bryonixz x napi hybrids show a less pronounced bryoniz pattern than the pure bryoniz it was believed earlier that this character behaves intermediately. Such opinions rest on a misinterpretation of the meaning of dominance. This term does not denote full identity with the parental phenotype, respective- ly the homozygous one, since there are all transitions between the com- plete dominance to none at all. In our case, by pairing homozygous bryoniz and napi, the F; generation of both reciprocal crossings is always of the bryoniz pattern, although a somewhat slighter one. In the F»2 or any later generation, when individuals heterozygous for the genes Bb are mated, bryoniz and pure napi segregate in a 3 : I| ratio. In back- crosses the segregation is likewise clear, and the ratio is 1 : 1. In Fig.2 the succession of 14 generations obtained in the stock “III” is represented diagrammatically. The genotypes of each brood or of the parents as 10 Lorkovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 D ee MAKSIMIR cg @ vRsi¢ 4. 28, Vil. ge Q zi 2, 28.Vil MAKSIMIR ° *@ oh 7 40:14 BR DEIN o 2 OrKsAvER WAL ate Z/ill OKRNICA 17 e zal sa 1948 ane on oo ea) 2 Toe 2/iu 33:30 5. 4 Sane oslo hohe) oe C oo9 oo FOG 29 ; oe os ee 628M as Os ° e 2 e o tus ° oe cial Samet % 31.Vil. c of & Se of oe © eG o” 9 6879 8. 27 Vill co SP Ce LY el cm LO al ©) 2/illg Si O/in 4/\\l pees TESOL CSL CLASP ; 46 53 44:0 0:0 40. FV. °° A se o Sous 18:0 mesic 10:0 aon 41. QOVIl STENJEVEC @ & @ CP eocld @ A534 A4 450 is ! 35:0 4:0 9:0 3:2 42. 10VIL MAKSIMIRG! @ oo og @ 185 Lae. MAKSIMIR[ 45:14 1 of 13 6vil oO © | 205 206 MAKSIMIR 17:20 12:12 44 5. 1X 5 AGED oH RCiS Gf 2 ore Fig. 2. Diagrammatic representation of 14 successive generations in the stock “III” of the napi 8 x bryoniz @ crossing. During this time only napi were introduced from outside. The actual ratio of phenotypes is indicated for each brood; the expected genotypes are indicated by black (BB), black and white (Bb) and white (bb). Male and female symbols show approximately the given ratio. The bold black lines indicate broods in which all individuals were of bryoniz phenotype, consequently at least half of them were homozygous. indicated in the diagram result from actual ratios obtained in the progeny of each brood as well as by the symbols of male and female phenotypes. The four possible ratios which occurred in 54 broods are summarized in Tables 1 — 3, each brood containing not less than 15 individuals; broods with a lower number of descendants are not included, except a few which are of special interest. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 11 Table 1. Bb x Bb. Expected 3 : 1 ratio. Ratio Bé bé Be bgQ BS Q Mx P — 1935 14 2 8 3 23 Ill — 1947 2 0 4 3 6 6/IIL, — 1948 i 0 6 3 13 2/4b — 1948 13 2% 6 4 19 9 — 1948 12 3 11 5 93 128 — 1949 10 2 y) Ht 12 201 — 1949 11 3 i) 5 33 214 — 1949 1p 5 (2 if 25 247 — 1950 12 4 11 3 23 265 — 1950 WS) 6 14 6 29 289 — 1950 21 8 4 i 25 301 — 1951 NS) 3 10 5 25 307 — 1951 aut 4 4 2, 15 5bn — 1948 3 2 3 3 6 ional: 1L30/ 45 Lu 3 ais} Q74 Expected ratio: 151.5 BOD | WO 2 3205 | 278 A. BB x BB, BB x Bb, BB x bb. Expected 1 Brood 46 - 1949 53 - 1949 73 - 1949 45 - 1949 127 - 1949 _ 134 - 1949 167 - 1949 210 - 1949 231 - 1950 237 - 1950 241 - 1950 271 - 1950 - 1950 315 - 1951 O ratio. SOoQQgogqaoqoqoeoqcqe® bse i) Babb se bp: 1 ratio. Expected 0 Brood Ratio 3/IIL. 14/2/4b 213 - 1949 235 - 1950 255 - 1950 SQOQoqoee©S p2 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 Table 3. @ Bb x. 2 bb, and 2 Bb x @ bb. Expected 1 : 1 ratio. Rat 10 Sex of Brood bb parent je) Os a — = RxP,-1932 RxF,-1932 1/III-1947 3/TII,-1948 6/II1,-1948 1/II1,-1948 4/TII,6-1948 bbn-1948 165-1949 185-1949 905-1949 206-1949 236-1950 239-1950 264-1950 278-1950 984-1950 312-1951 313-1951 bo =" SCWeOAGDWWUNARHRROWNE =I t _— oe) eown & © ow NS) 0.000 0.076 0.091 0.052 0.032 0.666 1,125 0,036 — jd Nw =) Os OS OS +O +O OS OS OS O38 OS +O OS OS OS +40 40 OS O3 OS — — LhOwWwMAWOWATHWWAR 3 9 8 6 3 1 6 i 3 5 6 AUDOADPRE OD le — Ol — Expected ratio: : : : Oneal Total: 140: : : 0.50 >P<0.70 1The greater part of young larve was abandoned. 2Several napi females were accidentaly lost. 3bryonizw 8 ex larva from Vrsié, 1947. The Chi-squared test and the probabilities (P) of the ratios 3 : 1 and 1 : 1 convincingly prove that the difference between the bryoniz and napi pattern depends on only one single pair of alleles and that the bryoniz pattern is dominant over that of napi. Accordingly, the napi individuals are always homozygous, bb, and consequently pure-breeding; bryoniz can be either homozygous or heterozygous. It can be seen from the diagram of Fig.2 that the mother of the stock “III” was heterozygous, since her progeny segregated in 6 bryoniz and 3 napi, a quite unexpected fact for a high-alpine bryonizx, usually considered to be true-breeding. It must be pointed out that in all these broods a clear-cut discontinuity between the bryonizw and napi patterns was absolute, although bryoniz vary considerably. The best but by no means the only decisive diagnostic character which allows the clear distinction between bearers of B and b- has been found in the so called “margin-streak” (“Saumstrich” of MuLLER 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Lis) and Kautz or Bowpen’s “bryo-streak” ), i. e. the dark suffusion along the rudimentary vein A, extending from the posterior discal spot to the outer wing margin (Fig.l, ms). This streak is so rarely to be found in napi, that when it is present it is more than probable that it originates from a previous mixture with bryoniz. It is present nearly always not only in each similarly patterned subspecies or species as adalwinda Fruhst., bicolorata Petersen, pseudobryonixz Vrty., camtschadalis Rob., and ochsenheimeri Stgr., but in Pieris melete Mén. too. Spring napi females which show a more marked gray suffusion along the veins than is usual in this species are also distinguishable by the lack of this streak. The distinction between a slightly marked heterozygous bryoniz# female and a more strongly marked napi would be sometimes difficult without the bryo-streak present in the former and absent in the latter. In general, there is a good correlation between the vein markings and the bryo-streak in bryoniz, the streak being a more reliable diagnostic character inasmuch as it is a qualitative one. One exception to this rule will be considered below. It may be also emphasized that the occurrence of the bryo-streak does not depend upon the presence of the posterior discoidal spot, since the streak can be well developed even when the spot is completely miss- ing. Despite the fact that napi were three times introduced from outside into the stock “III” during the first six generations (not counting the parental crossing), no particular diminution of the bryoniz pattern could be noticed. On the contrary the homozygous BB individuals which appeared first in the 10th generation were obviously darker and had broader vein markings than the mother. This is also proof that the mother was, in spite of her high-alpine origin, heterozygous. In spite of the well-proven monohybrid inheritance of the bryoniz - napi pattern one could hardly explain the extreme range of variability of bryoniz by only a twofold nature of its genotype. Moreover, the same phenotype can be either homozygous or heterozygous; crosses of napi with heavily dark bryonixz females give rise to hybrids which do not differ from specimens usually considered as normal bryonix (brood 3/III-3), while on the other hand several stocks of homozygous BB individuals bred from heterozygous parents show a less pronounced bryoniz pattern than the just mentioned primary hybrids. In respect to the clear monohybrid segregation there can be little doubt that this very variable shading of the bryoniz pattern depends on polygenic factors independent of the B gene. This is most clearly shown by the observation that among the progeny of the two similarly heterozygous bryonix sisters but with different napi fathers (back-crosses), both phenotypes 14 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 bryoniz and napi may be considerably different in the dark shading, depending on the intensity of the dark pattern of the napi father mated to the bryoniz mother (brood 278). If the napi father has a dark pattern, the entire progeny which segregates into bryoniz# and napi, will have a dark one, too. Similarly a paler napi father gives rise to brighter in- dividuals of both forms, bryoniz and napi (Fig. 3). Although the shading varies in both crosses, the bryoniz pattern is preserved, since even in the palest females the bryo-streak is fully developed. Such pale females can always be reliably distinguished from every napi individual. One can compare the differences described to more or less exposed or developed copies made from the same photograph negative. Thus, the intensity of this bryoniz character depends not only on the B gene itself but also on the genes which control the appearence of melanin in general. Apparently we have here an analogy to the expression of the dark markings in the Nun Moth, Lymantria monacha, as it was postulated by GotpscHMipt (1921, 1928). Apart from such multiple chromogene genes there are also other genes which control the extent of the dark suffusion along the veins. It is well known that this suffusion varies from very narrow lines, hardly broader than the veins themselves, to such an extent that the dusky suffusion of two neighboring veins joins together and the whole surface of the wings becomes dusted with dark scales. A good support for the opinion that this suffusion depends on separate genes has been obtained in a cross between a heterozygous ¢& bryoniz X napi anda ¢ Pieris ergane female, reared in 1935. The dark pattern of P. ergane is identical to that of P. napi or P. rape; but similarly to P. manni the spots have less-defined contours and the outer part of the forewings is often largely dusted with dark scales. In the female hybrids (bryonizw xX napi) & X ergane @ the dark markings along the veins are strikingly broader on both the fore- wings and the hindwings than was the case in the father’s (bryoniz xX napi) sisters, that show the width of the suffusion usual for bryoniz x napi hybrids. | Consequently, the expression of the dark melanic pattern in bryoniz would be dependent upon three independent groups of alleles: 1) the dominant allede B controls the extension of melanin along the veins, and its recessive allele b causes the absence of melanin; 2) an unknown number of additively acting genes (M, m) control the intensity of the darkening; whereas 3) a probably low number of genes would be responsible for the width of the vein-marking. Now, after having got acquainted with all the possible genes influenc- ing the dark pattern of bryonizw females, we again must turn to the question of the dominance of the gene B. Bowpen (1956) was right 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 in his doubt about the dominance of this gene so far as some mixed low- land bryoniz - napi populations are concerned. Instead of a clear-cut distinction between the presence and absence of the bryo-streak, as was found to be the rule in our experiments, here its variability produces all transitions ranging from a common dark streak to a few scarcely visible dark scales or perhaps none. The same seems to apply also to the dark vein markings, which can be as narrow as in some more strongly marked napi specimens of pure napi populations. In such cases one cannot de- cide whether such a transitional specimen carries only two b genes or also a B gene. In my last crossing experiments no such specimens were available, and the crossings carried out many years ago were not complete. However, by a more thorough genetical investigation of this character perhaps very interesting detections could be done. Apparently, two possible explanations may be taken into consideration: either there exist two or even more multiple B genes with different manifestation of the bryo-streak, or the recessive gene b of these populations is not identical with the gene b of the pure napi populations, bringing about a stronger vein suffusion than commonly found in napi, so that sometimes a slight bryo-streak appears too. Such a supposition could lead to the conception that the gene b in bryonizx populations is not derived from hybridization with napi populations, but that it takes part in the specific gene pool of Pieris bryoniz as a distinct entity. The confirmation of such a supposition might turn our opinion in favour of the conviction of those authors who consider bryoniz as a separate species. However, in the absence of experimental evidence for any of these hypotheses we must for the present emphasize the genetic proof that the napi pattern segregates from heterozygous bryoniz. Finally, it should be remembered that the intensity of the melanic color depends also upon environmental factors, especially on temperature and humidity. It is known that low temperature and high humidity lead in Pieridz to spread of melanin, so that it is more than probable that the form “concolor” R6b. is at least partially due to these environ- mental influences. Pupz kept in the refrigerator at the time of develop- ment gave imagos with extremly wide vein suffusion, while conversely, heat and dryness gave rise to pale and bright individuals. Everything said so far applies only to the female sex. We must, however, also take into consideration the male sex, although it is not so important for our purposes, since here the phenotypic differences of the genes in question are only slight. Careless observers or novices mostly think that there are no differences between the males of bryoniz and napi, which may be true only exceptionally for the spring brood. In the 16 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 summer broods bryoniz males are distinguished by gray streaks along the veins on the upperside, particularly on the hindwings, where these markings gradually diminish from the margin of the wing to half way toward the discocellular vein. Rarely the darkening is of such a width that the neighboring markings join near to the wing margin. Usually the markings are developed only as narrow “vein-streaks” as shown in fig. 1, left. In napi these gray vein-streaks are either absent cr are present as minute dark triangles at the ends of the veins (fig.1, right). In the spring brood the triangles can be prolonged about one millimeter or two at most; this is the only case when males of bryoniz cannot be distinguished with certainty from the napi ones. The vein-streaks are present in every bryoniz male which carries at least one B gene, i. e. not only in homozygous but in heterozygous in- dividuals too. This circumstance is of great value in the establishment of more precise ratios of phenotypes in segregation, because it is possible to determine the presence or absence of the gene B in almost every brood in males as well as females, so that the numbers usable in deter- mining ratios are twice as large. The phenotypic differences of this character correspond in almost every case very well to the expected ratios of 3: 1 or 1 : 1 (see Tables 1 and 3). Of course, the stronger vein darking in bryoniz males is present in the forewings as well as the hindwings, although in these the difference from napi is not so apparent, because the apical spot always sends shorter or longer vein-streaks towards the inside of the wing. The demonstration that gene B, which controls the dark pattern of bryoniz, is dominant over the recessive napi gene, so that pure napi traits segregate from heterozygous bryoniz, is of decisive significance. It reveals that napi must be always homozygous recessive, bb, while phenotypic bryoniz can be either homozygous, BB, or heterozygous, Bb (Table 2). Mutter and Kaurz (1938) considered specimens with bryoniz pattern as pure bryoniz or as its ssp. flavescens because they did not know this. They also did not know or underestimated the fact that from heterozygous bryonix, although very dark, specimens of the napi phenotype segregate which do not differ from individuals of a pure napi population. MULLER even quoted from the literature some cases of the appearence of napi specimens within bryonizx broods, but he explained them as individuals accidentaly introduced with the food (l.c.: pp.36, 37). Corresponding examples in their monograph are: Tab.6, fig.15; tab.5, fig.11; but also 6, 7, and 8, except for their yellow color. It is true that Mutter and Kautz count such napi individuals as bryonix ssp. flavesc2ns Wagner, but there is no proof whether they belong to this subspecies or 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 17 rather are descendants of a cross with napi. It is only certain that such napi individuals belong to the population of Médling, which is composed of both flavescens and napi. Whether they belong to napi or flavescens cannot be resolved without breedings or crossings, as will be shown below. We shall learn also that bryonizw Xx napi heterozygotes are some- times present but concealed by the dominance of the gene B even in the so called “pure” mountain bryonizx populations. THe Y y ALLELES. It was mentioned above that the factor for the brownish-yellow ground color of the bryonizw females is dominant, al- though it is not sure that it is really so, since this color shows graduated intensity in both the crossings and in nature. Owing to its strong sex- controlled manifestation it is not easy to decide whether this character depends upon one or more pairs of alleles. Since the males are entirely white, without any trace of a yellowish color, the choice of males in crossings is entirely by chance when pure stocks are not at one’s disposal. The back-cross (R X P - 1932) between an intense yellow bryonix Bb female from Rogovilec (see below) and a pure napi male from Zagreb, where no yellow specimens occurred, seem to be a rather decisive one: 28 yellow and 30 white females appeared, the yellow specimens being re- presented by all transitions from nearly the same yellow color as the mother had to the very pale one; all white females had the same white color. This cross indicates that the gene for the yellow color is likely to be incompletely dominant, Y, its expression being variable, and that there is no more than one allelic pair for this color, a rather unexpected result, since such a gradual color variability usually is attributed to polygeny. However, the characters which are dependent on the cumulative action of polygeny can by no means result in a ratio of 1 : 1, providing, of course, that the estimation of color was correct. The genetics of this character thus seems to remain somewhat obscure, too. THE W, w parr. Especially interesting is the allele W which controls the white color of the underside of the hindwings and the apex of the forewings in the males of bryoniz populations. It is completely dominant over the greenish-yellow color of the recessive gene w. The same applies to the female sex, although the gene w is manifested only exceptional by the white color, mostly by a pale buff one. The phenotypic manifesta- tion of the recessive allele, w, is always the same in males and in females, in bryoniz and in napi. W is a remarkable gene in that male sex-controlled polymorphism is very rare in Lepidoptera, as pointed out by REMINGTON 18 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 Table 4. Ww xX ww. Expected 1 : 1 ratio. Brood |W ¢4 WWI WE Oe AO OW aes pane x? | P in % 1 bn 13 12 ili 17 30 : 29 aa S00 5 bn 2 3 p) 4 Ab toi 0.8182 | >30, <50 Ab a 1 11 6 18 13 8.8064 | >30, <50 4/4b 4 0 3 5 ui 5 0:3333 | S50) <70 2b 6 6 3 3 9 9 0.0000 | 100 24b 13 PD) 5 5 18 i 4.8400; >2, <5 14-2/4b 2 10 py) 1 4 11 3.2666| >5, <10 1 bbn 4 0 1 1 5 1 2.6666 | >10, <20 3 bbn 4 5 2 3 6 8 0.2857 | >50, <70 6/4b 3 0 PD) 3 5 3 0.5000 | >30, <50 5(27) 5 5 a = 5 5 0.0000| 100 55 9 9 9 10 18 19 0.0270| >80, <90 85 0 3 4 3 4 6 0.4000} >50, <70 60 2 iL ) 0 4 1 0.9000} >10, <20 Total Awe GS 63 61 sy BY os 0.6475: So, 50) (1954). Although we do not deal here with a quite true sex-controlled dimorphism, since the difference appears in both sexes, the dimorphism is much more pronounced in the males than in the females, the latter being sometimes difficult to distinguish in respect to it. It is worth nothing that the genetical identity of the white males and pale buff females has not been realized before the present analysis. Each of these two forms has been proviously considered to be a separate variant: ab. & “subtalba” Schima and ab. @2 “subtochracea” Kautz. Mutter and Kautz reported that “subtalba” can also rarely be found in males and females of napi, and they quote the find of a “subtalba” female in Pommerania in northern Germany. It is obvious that the white color of this female has nothing to do with the gene W, as was already suspected by Mutter (1938). Another interesting point of this gene pair is that the author has not as yet been able to obtain a brood homozygous for the gene W. As is shown in Table 4, the segregation is the rule and the ratio 1 : 1 prevails. Of the two 3 : 1 ratios, broods 2/4b and 1/bbn, the first is only apparent- ly of this kind since the brood was raised from a back-cross, the mother of the second brood unfortunately escaped before her phenotype was noted. It is striking that 8 of 11 matings between Ww individuals were entirely sterile, whereas 3 others gave a total of only 5 individuals, 3 of them in one brood. Only the back-crosses were successful, and even 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 19 among these a great part produced no progeny. The writer is inclined to attribute this failure to inbreeding rather than to any other essential cause, except the F, hybrid sterility, which will be discussed below. No population of bryoniz is known in which the gene W is the exclusive allele. One of the most significant concentrations of this gene so far known to me occurs in the Julian Alps, where about 45% of all pheno- types are W bearers. According to Perer’s (1950) count the proportion of the “subtalba” males in the Allgauer Alps is 19%. No white males had been recorded in the western Alps, as some authors have claimed. RECOMBINATION IN REARED POPULATIONS. The three gene pairs con- trolling the morphological features of bryoniz and napi, already dis- cussed above, have been found to segregate and completely recombine in the F2 generation and back-crosses. The dihybrid back-cross “R x P - 1932” already mentioned is especially illustrative. It yielded four female phenotypes: bryoniz pattern and yellow color (Bb Yy), bryoniz pattern and white color (Bb yy), napi pattern and yellow color (bb Yy), and napi pattern and white color (bbyy) in the ratio 14 : 14 : 16 : 14, which agrees very well with the expected dihybrid ratio 1 : 1 : 1 : 1. Besides these two gene groups free combinations with the Ww alleles have also been obtained, among them the formerly scantily-known combinations bYW and byW. Thus the three pairs of alleles are located in different chromosomes, all autosomes. This is only to be expected where the number of chromosomes is so large (n = 25). The recombinations are the same as certain “varieties” or “aberrations” from natural collections, already de- scribed, and it seems likely that the genetical explanation of these natural variants has therefore been found. I shall mention some examples of such natural “aberrations”: bryoniz# “obscura albida” (BB yy), bryonix “albida” Miill. (Bbyy), bryoniz “flavida reducta” Miill. (bDbYY or bbYy), and bryoniz “albida reducta” Miill. (bb yy). This shows at best how unsound it may be to give names to forms which are no more than re- combinations of a few gene pairs. However, before starting with the comparison of the experimental genetic results and the circumstances in nature we must briefly get acquainted with the other morphological as well as physiological and ecological differences between bryonixz and napi. (To be continued ) 20 Vol.16: no.1 A BITING MIDGE ECTOPARASITIC ON ARIZONA LYCAENIDS by Pau R. ExRiIcH On 21 August 1961, I was using a Questar telescope to observe in- dividuals of Celastrina argiolus (=Lycznopsis pseudargiolus) sucking moisture from damp spots in the road running through the South Fork of Cave Creek (Chiricahua Mts., Cochise Co., Arizona, 5200 feet). Two small flies were seen to alight on the ventral surface of the hindwing of an individual under observation, and when the butterfly was carefully collected with forceps one stayed in place, while the other flew off. The fly remained attached while the butterfly was killed in a cyanide jar, and it was therefore possible to obtain the accompanying photographs of the parasite in situ. Dr. W. W. Wirtn, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, has identified the fly as Forcipomyia (Neoforcipomyia) baueri Wirth, a member of the dipterous family Ceratopogonide (—Heleidz) which is well known to most of us through the activities of the members which attack man (known variously as punkies, no-see-ums, sand flies, all-jaws, etc.). Forcipomyia baueri was described from a series of specimens taken by D. L. Bauer from the underside of the wings of Callophrys ( Mitoura) siva and Philotes enoptes on Mingus Mountain, Yavapai Co., Arizona. The only other record which has come to my attention of a Forcipomyia attacking a North American butterfly is that of F. mexicana Wirth attacking Pyrrhogyra otolais Bates (Nymphalide: Nymphaline) in Mexico (collected by BAvER). WirtuH's (1956) excellent paper on biting midges ectoparasitic on insects shows exotic ceratopogonids to be quite catholic in their tastes, with attacks recorded on Pieris (Pieride, Pierine), Eurema (Pieride, Coliadine), Danaus (Nymphalide, Danaine), Morpho (Nymphalide, Morphine) and _ Helicopis (Lycaenide, Riodinine ). Ceratopogonids also attack larval butterflies, adult and larval moths, and a wide variety of other insects. In all cases they are presumably “bloodsuckers” (ingest the hemolymph). Many aspects of the relation- ship between the ectoparasitic midges and lepidopterans deserve study; it would be especially interesting to know the degree of host specificity displayed by the midges. Lepidopterists are urged to make detailed observations on any observed attacks, and to submit the flies to Dr. WietH for identification. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society PAL Top: Forcipomyia baueri on ventral surface of right hindwing of Celastrina argiolus. Middle and bottom: close-up views of the midge. [Photos by M. A. Mor- tenson. ] 22 Enruicu: Biting midge Vol.16: no.1 I would like to thank Dr. W. W. Wirtu for identifying the midge, and Mr. Martin A. Mortenson for taking the photographs. This work was done while the author was at the Southwestern Research Station of The American Museum of Natural History, and was supported by Grant No. G-14740 from the National Science Foundation. Reference Wirth, Willis W., 1956. New species and records of biting midges ectoparasitic on insects (Diptera, Heleide). Ann. ent. soc. Amer. 49: 356-364. Div. of Systematic Biology, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. GUIA PARA EL ENTOMOLOGO PRINCIPIANTE. [Guide for the beginning entomologist; in Spanish.] By Kenneth J. Hayward. 1961. 168 pp., 7 pls. Instituto Miguel Lillo, Universidad Nacional de Tucu- man. Argentina, Miscelanea, No. 22. Available from the Instituto for $3.00 USA. This is a manual of entomological procedure aimed at beginners in the study of insects. These are discussions of the morphology and classification, of collecting techniques, and of the orders of insects. Professor Haywarp recognizes 34 orders. This is a larger number than seems ideal in the light of recent work, and especially good grounds exist for reducing to infra-ordinal status his Phasmida, Diploglossata, Megaloptera, and Raphidiodea. Probably the Isoptera should stand next to the Blattaria, and in the Apterygota the Collembola should be listed first (or better eliminated from the Insecta), Protura second, Entotrophi third, and Thysanura last; Thysanura are by far the closest to the Pterygota, and Collembola and Protura by far the most remote. But these old classificatory points are common to many current general texts, and the work under review cannot be singled out for them. Spanish-speaking insect collectors needing a beginner's guide will find this work valuable. CHARLES L. REMINGTON Dept. of Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 23 ECOLOGICAL STUDIES OF RHOPALOCERA IN A HIGH SIERRAN COMMUNITY — DONNER PASS, CALIFORNIA. I. BUTTERFLY ASSOCIATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONAL FACTORS by Tuomas C. Emmet and Joun F. EMMEL The State of California, extending some 1,264 miles along the Pacitic Coast of North America, contains 158,693 square miles of dry deserts, moist coastlands, chaparral-covered hills, and great mountain ranges, with unparalleled opportunities for the ecologist and lepidopterist alike. Practically every combination of climatic factors may be found within the state’s boundaries. Six life zones, with approximately 4000 species of fern-allies and flowering plants, lie at elevations ranging from 282 feet below sea level to 14,495 feet at the peak of Mount Whitney. Tempera- tures and rainfall correspond generally with these life zones; average annual rainfall ranges from about 0 inches to 70 inches, and mean temperatures of about 40°F. in boreal regions to high summer tempera- tures of 130° in the deserts are recorded. Thus California provides many unique locations to study the ecological aspects of a species’ adaptation and preference for a particular environment. One such location—the Donner Pass area in the Sierra Nevada, Placer County, California — was selected for intensive study during the summers of 1956 and 1960. This location encompasses the flora of three life zones and ranges in elevation from 6800 to 8300 feet. This paper reports the general ecological observations made on each of the 76 re- corded species, forms and races of Rhopalocera and the four habitats selected for study in the area. Factors involved in butterfly distribution are discussed using examples from this Donner Pass study and the literature. INTRODUCTION In this Donner Pass study and past investigations by other authors, two general factors in the ecology of Rhopalocera have been emphasized: (1) Preference of many species for a particular type of habitat. (2) Effect of weather (extrinsic environmental conditions) on butterfly flight periods. . A second paper will treat the latter subject. The present paper reports our data on the general ecology of the Donner Pass butterfly fauna. 24 EMMEL & EmMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no<4 E. B. Forp (1957), in considering the geographical distributions and ecological preferences of British butterflies, notes that it is often difficult to separate these two distinctions. Many species will normally occur within a particular region and this region, though usually composed of varying habitats, is known as part of the general geographic distribu- tion of each resident or migratory species. However, within that general region, the ecological preferences of each species dictate the distribution of that butterfly. As yet, few published papers have been devoted entirely to the ecology of butterflies in a particular locality. TitpEN (1959) has done compre- hensive studies on the butterfly fauna of Tioga Pass, California. He arranges the 43 species in groups based on their apparent abundance in various sub-alpine and alpine plant associations. Certain habits of alpine butterflies are noted. TILDEN concludes that range is usually de- termined by the presence of food plants, although food plants of some of these alpine species are presently unknown. In this author’s estimation, the occurrence of the adult butterflies is less effected by particular en- vironmental conditions than is that of the plants. Many authors have noted habitat preferences for single species or groups of Rhopalocera. MuNROE (1951) in reporting collecting conditions in northern Quebec observed a seasonal succession and an altitudinal zonation of the various resident species. The flight season was so short that the time of appearance of species differed in days instead of weeks “as in more temperate climates.” Different Boloria and Plebeius species each had specific habitats, such as “rocky hilltops” and “only on grassy beds of dried-up lakes at from 2200 to 2400 feet.” Euriicn (1954; 1956) treats the Erebia in northwestern America from an ecological standpoint. Brown, Err and Rotcer discuss the ecological preferences of over 200 species in their book Colorado Butterflies (1957). Brown (1952) also discusses the restricted ecological preferences of Oeneis oslari Skinner in the South Park area of Colorado; the type of soil and terrain preferred is apparently directly related to the presence of the food-plant grass. As in Brown’s paper (1952), many authors have attempted to give possible explanations for the basis of these “ecological preferences” of a species. Probably the most acceptable explanation for limiting factors in the distribution of resident species is the presence of food plants. The “hilltop” controversy of a few years ago brought out possible reasons for congregations of butterflies. SHoumatorr (1953) summarizes past authors’ hypotheses into two groups: ecological explanations, such as food-plant search, wind, and tropism, and intrinsic factors, such as “liking hilltops,” “social ambition,” and “gregariousness.” ARNHOLD (1952) 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society DE: notes that Euchloe olympia prefers to fly along the leeward side of ridges (near Dresbach, Minnesota); a narrow band of calm is created on the top or side of the banks according to wind direction. Thus wind, as well as food plant, appears to definitely be-a factor in the local habitat preference of a species. aastii Since a species generally is very restricted to one group or species of food plant, it follows that the geographic range of the butterfly will correspond to the range of the required plants. However, climatic factors within the range may prevent the butterfly from existing with its food plant. Since butterflies are poikilothermic (“cold-blooded”) and _ there- fore dependent on solar heat for their activity, species cannot live where temperature and solar radiation do not meet their tolerances (Hovanitz, 1958). EHRuicH (1956) lists climatic factors that could limit Erebia distri- bution in habitats of northwestern America, such as temperature fluctua- tions, amount of cold, snow cover, rapidity of runoff, and amount of spring flooding of habitat. The influence of any of these factors on butterfly distribution over a large territory would be the subject of a very interesting paper, but that would require an intensive investigation over many years. The contribution of this paper towards studies of the latter type is to report information on the local habitat preferences of butterflies in a single locality. Perhaps some day we will have enough information to provide a generalized survey of climatic and vegetational factors, and their influence on butterfly distribution, for the entire Sierra Nevada range. However, towards the end of this paper, we have discussed the apparent reasons for habitat preference in the Donner Pass Rhopalocera, and these conclusions may prove to be a step on the way to full under- standing of the factors involved in butterfly distribution. HABITATS OF THE DONNER Pass AREA The Donner Pass area is located on the crest of the Sierra Nevada range at an elevation of 6800 to 8383 feet, 15 miles northwest of Lake Tahoe, in Placer County, California. Flora and fauna of both the east and west slopes of the Sierra meet along this crest. Adding to the desirability of the study area is the union of three life zones here — Transition, Canadian, and Hudsonian — with Canadian zone vegetation comprising most of the territory. Four habitats within the Donner Pass - area were studied: wet meadow, dry meadow, forest, and montane. 96 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 Fig. 1. The Donner Pass area, looking N.N.E. from Mt. Disney (7,953’). In center of photograph is Sugar Bowl Lodge, with the dry and wet portions of the Lodge meadow at lower center and at left. Lake Mary is at upper center; long railroad snowsheds and Highway 40 are at upper left. The actual Pass is slightly to the left of upper center. DONNER PASS AREA PLACER COUNTY | CALIFORNIA “V4 2 SCALE OF INSET MILE WVan Norden Sketch map of the State of California showing the locality studied, and topo- graphical map (inset) of the Donner Pass area showing the habitats (numbered 1A through 4D) described in the text. Primarily from Geological Survey map, Norden Quadrangle, California, 7.5 Minute Series, U. S. Dept. of the Interior (1955). 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society bo ~l 1. WET MEAapow A. SuGAR BOWL AND SoutH YuBA RIVER The Sugar Bowl is a small bowl-shaped valley (elevation 7260 feet) formed by the confrontation of Mt. Disney, Mt. Lincoln, and the high ridge connecting the two peaks. A heavy snow pack on these slopes, coupled with scattered springs, provides a considerable flow of water into this area. Here also is the source of the South Yuba River, which flows into Lake Van Norden. Thus there is an abundance of plants due to the moisture and rich soil. Willows (Salix) are found in scattered thickets in the Sugar Bowl and along most of the length of the river. Grasses (Poa species) and sedges (Carex) are common throughout the area. Other common plants are Cow Parsnip (Heracleum lanatum), Sierra Sweet Cicely (Osmorrhiza occidentalis), Scarlet Gilia (Gilia aggregata), Common Monkey Flower (Mimulus guttatus), and Elephant Heads ( Pedicularis groenlandica). B. Wet PortTIon oF LopcGE MrEApow This area (elevation 7000 feet) is located at the base of Mt. Disney, where numerous springs provide a very wet environment. About one-half of it is covered with willows. In the other portions one finds a large number of grasses and flowers. Some of the more common plants are Indian Paint Brush (Castilleia miniata), Common Monkey Flower (Mimulus guttatus), Columbine (Aquilegia truncata), Larkspur (Delphinium pauciflorum), Tiger Lily (Lilium pardalinum), and Meadow Rue (Thalictrum fendleri). 2. Dry MEADOw A. LopcE MEapOw AND ADJACENT PORTIONS This flat area near the Sugar Bowl Lodge supports many flowering plants despite its dryness in July and August. Fireweed (Epilobium angustifolium), Common Yarrow (Achillea millefolium), and Pussy Paws (Calyptridium umbellatum) are common. Elevation: 6960 to 7000 feet. B. EmicRANT MEADOW Emigrant Meadow (elevation 7500 to 7600 feet) is a dry flat expanse with few plants; two species are Yellow-bud Penstemon (Penstemon letus) and Saxifraga zxstivalis. 28 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.l C. SUMMIT VALLEY Summit Valley (elevation 6800 feet) is a large flat meadow which is marshy in the spring, but dry throughout July and August. Grasses dominate most of the area but in some places Pussy Paws, Yarrow, and Pepper Grass (Lepidium perfoliatum) can be found. 3. FOREST Dense forest covers about one-half of the total study area, particularly between 6800- and 7600-foot elevations. This is almost all Canadian zone forest. Some of the forest trees and plants near Lake Mary and Lake Van Norden are typical Transition zone inhabitants, and the higher montane forest is typical of the lower Hudsonian zone. The majority of the forest trees are Red Fir (Abies magnifica), Lodgepole Pine (Pinus contorta), Silver Pine (Pinus monticola), and Mountain Hemlock (Tsuga mer- tensiana ). On the forest floor a great variety of plants are found. Collecting was usually good in small clearings or near the forest edge; many butter- fly species were found beneath an aerial transportation system (used in winter), which cuts a swath through the forest from Highway 40 to Sugar Bowl Lodge. Some of the forest plants are the Spotted Coral Root Orchid (Corallorrhiza maculata), Fireweed, Corn Lily (Veratrum californicum), Yarrow, Pine Drops (Pterospora andromedea), and Alpine Shooting Star (Dodecatheon alpinum). 4, MONTANE A. Mount JupaH Mount Judah (8,243’) appears barren due to the large granite boulders scattered over its talus slopes. The dry, almost soilless environment dis- courages most trees. The flora includes Alum Root (Heuchera micrantha), Rabbit Brush (Chrysothamnus nauseosus), Sage Brush (Artemisia tridentata), and Mule-Ears (Wyethia mollis). B. Rocky SLOPE LEADING TO MOUNT JupaH Seemingly a jumble of small granite rocks, this area (elevation 7160 to 7400 feet) supports many plants; included in this flora are scattered Lodgepole Pines (P. contorta), Wyethia mollis, Lupinus, and Sedum species. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 29 C. Mount LINCOLN Mount Lincoln (8,383') is quite similar to Mount Judah. One minor difference is the presence of Mountain Hemlock (Tsuga mertensiana). D. Mount DIsNEY AND Crow’s NEST This twin-peaked mountain is part of a long ridge and supports a flora similar to the other peaks, although Mt. Disney (7,953’) has more species. Found here are Red Fir, Lobb’s Buckwheat (Eriogonum lobbii), Mountain Alder (Alnus tenuifolia), Chrysopsis brewerii, and Western Pennyroyal (Monardella odoratissima). Loca DistTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGICAL PREFERENCES OF SPECIES RECORDED The phrase “flight period” refers herein to the first and last records for the species. Observations were made from June 17 to August 26 (1960, unless otherwise noted); obviously, some species were already flying before the first day of observation. Nomenclature of species follows EuruicH (196la). Subspecific names are used for clarity with certain polymorphic western species, such as in Speyeria. A. PAPILIONIDA& 1. Papilio zelicaon Luc. Flight period: June 17-August 6. Uncommon; males found typically on peaks of area (bare rocks) and never observed visiting flowers. Females on lower slopes of Mt. Judah, flying around food plant (Cymopterus terebinthinus) and ovipositing single eggs (ob- served fresh female depositing eggs, around 10 a.m. on June 27); one female seen visiting Western Pennyroyal (Monardella odoratissima). 2. Papilio indra indra Reak. Flight period: June 17-July 10. Males occasionally seen around 3 peaks of area and lower slopes of Mt. Judah (landed on rocks and opened wings to “sun” themselves ). Males frequent- ly seen at muddy places. Females occasionally (June 27, June 30) seen ovipositing single eggs on Cymopterus terebinthinus. L. M. Martin has found several hundred indra larve on this Cymopterus at Kaiser Peak (10,000'), Fresno Co., Calif. 3. Papilio rutulus Luc. Flight period: June 17- July 15. Males occasionally seen around willows and in forest; one female observed laying eggs on willow in Summit Valley. 4. Papilio eurymedon Luc. Flight period: June 17- July 24. Males common in wooded areas; females on lower slopes of Mt. Judah. 30 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 Reported food plants available: Ceanothus velutinus and prostratus, and Prunus emarginata. 5. Parnassius clodius baldur Edw. Flight period: June 27-July 25. Found almost everywhere, but particularly abundant on the lower slopes of Mt. Judah (females laying eggs on or near Sedum in this location). B. PIERIDA: 1. Neophasia menapia F. & F. Flight period: August 8-August 15. Only on lower slopes of Mt. Judah and Lake Van Norden area; males flying around upper tips of Pinus contorta; no females seen. 2. Pieris sisymbrii Bdv. Flight period: June 20 - June 28. Lower slopes of Mt. Judah, but only seven adults observed during summer (1960). Species of Cruciferze (recorded food plants) present in area. 3. Pieris protodice L. Flight period: June 23-August 25. Most common in dry meadows; known food plants (Cruciferz), such as mustard species, were present; double-brooded. 4. Pieris rape L. Flight period: June 18- August 14. Dry and wet meadows; reported food plants (Crucifere ) abundant. 5. Euchloe creusa hyantis Edw. Flight period: June 21- July 13. Only on lower slopes of Mt. Judah; food plants (Cruciferz ) present. 6. Anthocaris sara form julia Edw. Flight period: June 18 - July 16. Lower slopes of Mt. Judah and open wooded slopes; rarely seen in meadows. Food plants (mustard species) present; several mature larve found in mid-June (1956). Males identical to typical white reakirtii were occasionally taken in fresh condition. A. julia is a yellow- tinted, high-altitude form of sara, while the lowland, spring form of sara is reakirtii. 7. Colias eurytheme Bdv. Flight period: June 17 - August 26. Found in all habitats, but most abundant in Summit Valley meadows. Females seen ovipositing on clover (Trifolium). 8. Colias eurytheme form amphidusa Bdv. Flight period: July 1- August 26. Appeared in early July and by August this strongly-marked form was dominant over typical eurytheme. 9. Colias philodice eriphyle Edw. Flight period: (July 1). Only 3 found — in dry meadows of Summit Valley. C. DANAIDZ& 1. Danaus plexippus L. Flight period: June 23 - August 25. No milk- weed species in area and individuals seen were likely strays from lower elevations. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 31 D. SATYRIDA: 1. Caenonympha tullia californica Westwood. Flight period: (late June). Seen only in 1956 (wet winter) in late June on Mt. Judah (grassy areas). Flight period in 1960 (dry winter) may have finished by fumes i. 2. Cercyonis sthenele oetus Bdvy. Flight period: July 11 - August 20. Found only on high western slope (above 8000 feet) and around peak of Mt. Judah; landing on sagebrush stems (Artemisia tridentata). Food plant likely to be grasses, which-were abundant on mountain. Adults (both sexes) visited Western Pennyroyal blooms. E. NYMPHALIDA® 1. Speyeria cybele leto Behr. Flight period: July 15- August 3. Five fresh specimens seen on lower slopes (6,980') of Mt. Disney, visiting Western Pennyroyal flowers. Possible food plants (Viola species) for leto and the following Speyeria species were ‘present in wet meadows. 2. Speyeria zerene zerene Bdv. Flight period: August 2 - August 25. Uncommon; both sexes visited Western Pennyroyal on lower slopes (6,980) of Mt. Disney. | 3. Speyeria coronis snyderi Skin. Flight period: July 3- July 15. Females proportionately more common than males; flying around Western Pennyroyal on Mt. Disney (6,980'). 4. Speyeria atlantis irene Bdv. Flight period: July 12- August 26. Both sexes almost as abundant as S. mormonia arge; adults visited Western Pennyroyal. Females occasionally seen in wooded areas. 5. Speyeria mormonia arge Stkr. Flight period: June 29 - August 26. The most abundant Speyeria and found throughout the Pass area; adults avidly visited Western Pennyroyal. 6. Boloria epithore Edw. Flight period: June 17- July 22. Very abundant in forest and around Pine-mat Manzanita (Arctostaphylos nevadensis ). Food plant is reported as Viola (violets ). 7. Chlosyne palla Bdv. Flight period: (July 7). Only 1 worn male seen. Food plants (Castilleia and Aster species are reported) abundant in area. As palla is recorded from higher elevations than Donner Pass, some unknown climatic factor may prevent its establishment, or possibly the species has not extended its range to this particular area yet. 8. Chlosyne hoffmanni hoffmanni Behr. Flight period: June 25-August 6. Found throughout the area; very abundant where its food plant (Chrysopsis breweri) grows, especially on open slopes of Mt. Disney and Mt. Judah. Mature larve fairly common at end of June; females 32 EmMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 laid egg masses, each containing 30 to 110 eggs. These eggs hatched in approximately 3 weeks, and larve grew quite slowly, staying together in communal webs. By last week in August, every larva observed had assumed a lethargic state. Larve were still in webs, though plants were dying. 9. Phyciodes campestris montana Behr. Flight period: June 18- August 25. Practically as abundant as C. hoffmanni; found most com- monly where Aster species (recorded food) were growing in meadows. Females were observed hovering around Aster integrifolius. 10. Phyciodes mylitta Edw. Flight period: June 20-August 5. Scarce in area, although its reported food plant, thistle (Cirsium), was fairly abundant along Lake Mary road (dry location). ll. Polygonia zephyrus Edw. Flight period: June 20-August 18. Over-wintering individuals collected in late June and early July; fresh males collected in early August on Monardella odoratissima. Food plant (Ribes viscosissimum — Sticky Currant) common in Lodge meadow. Mature larve found by second week of July. 12. Nymphalis californica Bdv. Flight period: June 17-August 20. Over-wintering individuals numerous during late June. Swarms of larve found on Ceanothus in first two weeks of July on peak of Mt. Disney (lone location). About July 15, individuals began to hatch and on July 21, the species reached its peak of abundance with an estimated 5,000 seen in one hour in a 100’ x 100’ area on Mt. Judah. On this date, the butterflies began flying in a westerly direction at about 10 a.m. On July 22, population counts were about “normal” again. 13. Nymphalis milberti Godt. Flight period: June 17-August 6. Apparently a stray species in this area. Adults visited Western Pennyroyal. Urtica, the usual food for milberti and also atalanta, was not growing in the Pass area; it is abundant along streams at nearby, lower elevations. 14. Nymphalis antiopa L. Flight pericd: June 19-August 15. Over- wintering individuals seen during late June and early July. Fresh speci- mens seen during late July and early August. Food plant: willows. 15. Vanessa cardui L. Flight pericd: June 22-August 16. Seen around rocky peaks of the 3 mountains. Food plant: thistle. 16. Vanessa atalanta L. Flight period: June 22-July 21. Only several males seen, flying around peaks with cardui. No food plant in area. 17. Vanessa virginiensis Dru. Flight period: June 18-August 25. Also found around peaks with cardui. Larvee were found during July on Gnaphalium palustre (Cudweed ); this food plant grew only in one clump at the base of Mt. Disney. 18. Vanessa carye Hbn. Flight period: June 18-August 19. Found frequently throughout the area. Food plant probably Lupinus here. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society oo 19. Precis lavinia Cramer. Flight period: June 18-August 18. Males common in dry meadows; females common in wet meadows, and oc- casionally seen hovering over Plantago (Mimulus also in the area). 20. Limenitis lorquini Bdv. & Lec. Flight period: June 23-August 10. Frequently seen in willows (food plant) along the South Yuba River. F. LYCAENID/: 1. Satyrium californica Edw. Flight period: July 20-August 10. A distinct inhabitant of the area along the Lake Mary road. Adults flew around and landed on Eriogonum nudum blooms. Reported food plant is Quercus; Huckleberry Oak (Quercus vaccinifolia) was found in this area. 2. Satyrium sylvinus Bdv. Flight period: July 18-August 26. Found most commonly around willows (recorded food plant) on the lower slopes of Mt. Judah; adults landed on Eriogonum nudum flowers. 3. Satyrium sepium Bdv. Flight period: July 20-August 16. Found only along Lake Mary road; females observed ovipositing on Ceanothus velutinus. Adults landed on Eriogonum nudum and_ Elderberry (Sambucus velutina). 4. Satyrium behrii Edw. Flight period: (August 4). One found in 1960; fairly abundant in 1956 on rocky slopes of Mt. Judah. Adults landed on Eriogonum blooms. Probable food plant: Lupinus species. 5. Satyrium fuliginosa Edw. Flight period: July 10-August 9. Fairly common on lower slopes of Mt. Judah. Females seen ovipositing on lupines (food plant). 6. Strymon melinus Hbn. Flight period: July 7-August 15. Found flying around Eriogonum blooms; fairly abundant. Reported food plant: Polygonum alpinum (Knotweed ), present in several areas. 7. Callophrys johnsoni Skin. Flight period: (June 28). Probably a resident of the area, but extremely restricted colony. Female observed flying around Arceuthobium (a mistletoe and recorded food plant) on Mountain Hemlock at lower end of Sugar Bowl. 8. Callophrys nelsoni Bdv. Found rarely in 1956; foodplant (believed to be Incense Cedar — Libocedrus) not found in Pass area. 9. Callophrys augustinus iroides Bdy. Flight period: June 28 - July. Found rarely in late June and July on rocky slopes; adults fed on Eriogonum. Food plant: Ceanothus and Sedum reported by authors. 10. Callophrys eryphon Bdv. Flight period: June 28- July 10. Only oecasionally captured (on semi-forested, talus slope) but all fresh specimens. Food plant: probably Pinus contorta. 34 EmMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 11. Callophrys dumetorum perplexa B. & Benj. Flight period: June 22-July 9. Occasionally found in the high montane areas (above 7,500’). Food plant probably an Eriogonum species. 12. Lycena arota virginiensis Edw. Flight period: July 20-August 11. Found only along the Lake Mary road; fairly abundant. Males hatched in mid-July, females appeared in early August. Females were ovipositing on Ribes montigenum (Gooseberry) during first two weeks of August (eggs hatch the following spring). 13. Lyczna editha Mead. Flight period: July 15-August 19. Fairly common throughout the entire area, especially in dry meadows. A possible food plant (Potentilla drummondii) occurs in the Lodge meadow. 14. Lycena nivalis Bdv. Flight period: July 3-August 17. Rather scarce; males more abundant than females. Found in dry meadows. Food plant is unknown. 15. Lyczena cupreus Edw. Flight period: June 17-July 15. Found in dry meadows. Adults frequently visited flowers of Calyptridium um- bellatum (Pussy Paws). In early July, mature larve were found feeding on the blossoms of this plant; being pink in color, they blended well with the flowers. 16. Lyczna heteronea Bdv. Flight period: August 6-August 16. One small colony found near a tiny stream (elevation 7160’) on Mt. Judah. Observed food plant was Eriogonum nudum, and the adults frequently visited the flowers of this buckwheat. 17. Everes comyntas amyntula Bdv. Flight period: June 17-July 1 One colony found on the top of Mt. Judah (8,234'). Here the species’ observed food plant, Astragalus whitneyii (Milkvetch or “locoweed’ ) grew on top of the narrow ridge connecting the two peaks of Mt. Judah. A constant wind blew; beth sexes landed on the plants and flew up only occasionally. 18. Plebejus anna Edw. Flight period: June 26-August 19. Found throughout the area but common only on the moist lower slope of Mt. Disney. Food plant unknown in spite of the species abundance. 19. Plebejus seepiolus Bdy. Flight period: June 19-August 17. Found only in wet portions of Lodge meadow and Summit Valley (very abundant). Females (all rufescens form) oviposited on Trifolium hybridum (Alsike Clover) throughout late June and July. 7 20. Plebejus icarioides Bdv. Flight period: June 22-August 3. Found throughout the area; especially common in areas with wide-spread patches of Lupinus (food plant)—usually on rccky talus slopes. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 35 21. Plebejus shasta Edw. Flight period: June 30-August 18. Found throughout the area, and very common in dry meadows on mountain slopes. Some adults seen landing on Monardella odoratissima blooms. Food plant is unknown. 22. Plebejus acmon West. & Hew. Flight period: June 18-August 15. Found only in Lodge meadow in late June and along Lake Mary road in early August. Females oviposited on Eriogonum nudum (food plant). 23. Plebejus acmon lupini Bdy. Flight period: June 25-July 25. Found only in Sugar Bowl and on Mt. Judah. Food plant probably Eriogonum. TILDEN (1959) suggests this insect may be a species distinct from acmon. 24. Agriades glandon podarce F. & F. Flight period: June 27-August 3. A small colony found in wet portion of Lodge meadow; fairly abundant here. Food plant perhaps Vaccinium nivictum (Sierra Bilberry), found in same area. : 25. Glaucopsyche lygdamus behrii Edw. Flight period: June 17-July 16. Found throughout the area in late June, but most common on the moist lower slope of Mt. Disney. Food plant here probably Lupinus. 26. Philotes enoptes Bdv. Flight period: June 26-July 13. Males found landing on moist ground and flying on lower slopes of Mt. Judah. One female seen ovipositing on Eriogonum nudum. 27. Philotes battoides intermedia B. & McD. Flight period: June 25- July 18. Found on moist stream banks on lower slope of Mt. Judah. Several females seen around Eriogonum nudum. 28. Celastrina argiolus echo Edw. Flight period: June 17-July 15. Fairly common in all habitats. Food plant probably among Ceanothus, Vaccinium, Spirza, and Actinomeris species (all recorded food plants ) found in the pass area. G. HESPERIIDZ: 1. Thorybes nevada Scud. Flight period: June 17-July 13. Abundant in dry and wet meadows. Food plant unknown. 2. Pyrgus ruralis Bdy. Flight period: June 17-July 11. Found in every habitat. Food plant probably Potentilla drummondii (larvee known to feed on P. tenuiloba elsewhere). 3. Pyrgus communis Grt. Flight period: June 17-August 19. Abundant in every habitat. Particularly found around muddy places. Females seen ovipositing on Sidalcea glaucescens (Mallow Family) and larve found all summer. 36 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 4. Erynnis jucenalis Fabr. Flight period: June 19-July 25. Males collected on the 3 peaks and occasionally elsewhere; no females seen. Food plant unknown for this area. 0. Erynnis afranius Lint. Flight period: June 17-August 5. Males collected on the three peaks; 1 female collected in Lodge meadow. Food plant possibly columbine (food plant of the related E. lucilius)— Aquilegia grew in the meadows. 6. Hesperia juba Scud. Flight period: June 17-July 1. Occasionally seen in both dry and wet meadows. 7. Hesperia nevada Scud. Flight period: June 22-July 10. A large thriving colony was found at the very peak of Mt. Judah. Males appeared in late June and females appeared in early July. Females were observed Ovipositing on a species of grass. 8. Hesperia harpalus Edw. Flight period: (August 8-August 11) A small colony was found on the lower slope (7,240') of Mount Judah. Two females were seen ovipositing on a grass species, and other females were observed hovering over the grasses in this small area. 9. Polites sonora Scud. Flight period: June 23-August 25. Found in every habitat but most common in dry meadows. Food plant: likely grasses, as in other Hesperiine. 10. Polites sabuleti tecumseh Grin. Flight period: June 19-August 19. Distributed in every habitat but particularly common in the dry meadows (especially in Summit Valley). Most abundant in late June and early July, though the species was collected throughout the summez. H. PossisLe— FururE ADDITIONS TO THE BUTTERFLY FAUNA OF DONNER PASS Papilio brucei Edw. could be established in the area and overlooked in 1956 and 1960. Its food plant on Kaiser Peak (10,000 to 10,300 feet; Fresno County, California) reported by L. M. Martin to be Cymopterus terebinthinus, which was present on Mt. Judah (8,243’). Colias eurytheme form autumnalis Cockerell might have been flying right after snowmelt in early June. Euphydryas chalcedona macglashanii Rivers has its type locality as “Truckee” (10 miles east of the Pass) and Comstock (1927) notes it as occurring in the mountains north of Lake Tahoe in late June and early July. Euphydryas chalcedona sierra Wright is common in the Lake Tahoe region, 15 miles from Donner Pass, and has been collected at Gold Lake, 30 miles north of the Pass. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 37 Phezdrotes piasus Bdv. is recorded from similar elevations in northern California and its food plant (Lupinus) is common in Donner Pass. Ochlodes sylvanoides Bdv. was common in Squaw Valley (August 11, 1960), 10 miles southeast of the Pass. Apparently-similar habitats are available in the Lake Van Norden meadows. Speyeria callippe juba Bdv. was found at Emigrant Gap, 15 miles west of the Pass area. Other callippe forms have been reported from the Lake Tahoe and Gold Lake regions. Table I. DISTRIBUTION OF RHOPALOCERA SPECIES IN THE DONNER PASS AREA. Species Habitat A. PAPILIONIDZZ oe 2AG 2B Er 2D en s3 4A Papilio zelicaon Be see ee a ear IRD eet ge TOK Papilio indra cae Papilio rutulus Xe es Papilio eurymedon Xe ae Parnassius clodius TEMP ONG ng yep y ee Se os | OK B. PIERIDZ Neophasia menapia es Pieris sisymbrii at Pieris protodice x Pieris rape xX Euchloe creusa = Anthocaris sara x Colias eurytheme xX Colias philodice a, C. DANAID Danaus plexippus IX, We Oe OE ONS FING te XW ON) OM D. SATYRID#= Canonympha tullia Ua ae Ste ee ees Ppa a ee) aks Pe ee Cercyonis sthenele RN ele eat len ALLL NG | NLL || se )Xereh hu seal gE E. NYMPHALID Speyeria cybele Speyeria zerene Speyeria coronis Speyeria atlantis Speyeria mormonia Boloria epithore Chlosyne palla Chlosyne hoffmanni Phyciodes campestris Phyciodes mylitta PA rs | rs mA | | PS PS PS PS PA A OK | A | LAX Mel mm | bd bd | bd bd bd | bd pd pa | dd | | D4pd] dopardl pal | ey pedo | dod] pede od lb | bd bd bd | bd bd Dt PS Dd | \ 38 EMMEL & EmMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 | | 1 Ly | pepe Polygonia zephyrus xX Nymphalis californica x Nymphalis milberti X Nymphalis antiopa x Vanessa cardui = Vanessa atalanta = Vanessa virginiensis _ Vanessa carye Precis lavinia Limenitis lorquini F, LYCANIDE Satyrium californica Satyrium sylvinus Satyrium sepium Satyrium behrii Satyrium fuliginosa Strymon melinus Callophrys johnsoni Callophrys nelsoni Callophrys augustinus Callophrys eryphon Callophrys dumetorum Lycena arota Lycezna_ editha Lycena nivalis Lyczna cupreus Lycezna heteronea Everes comyntas Plebejus anna Plebejus szpiolus Plebejus icarioides Plebejus shasta Plebejus acmon Plebejus acmon lupini Agriades glandon Glaucopsyche lygdamus Philotes enoptes Philotes battoides Celastrina argiolus G. HESPERIID/EZ Thorybes nevada Pyrgus_ ruralis Pyrgus communis Erynnis juvenalis ss Erynnis afranius — Hesperia juba = Hesperia nevada —_ Hesperia harpalus = Polites sonora xX Polites sabuleti c re mr bd > PS PS ~ xX x Xx xX rs PS OM | PA PS PX PS PS | XS ex | MK | | MrMrs] | | | pe | | Krone] | xX | | | | PAM bd bd bd be | | | Parts) pd] Pt napa] P11 1 1 I beep be oe | bd bd | | rarspal | Pal P| pd] | pepe dd oe | a] Los] Pal | pl | | P| bday) | Od Pane saaie eal | 54 | I | | PPI Ps od PPS | | | pa bd] Pd nad od | Pd bd og] pa Pd! | be pede Parr dl PII Dede] Dd] Dd LT Lode] dd] Deb] Dede] be be Dd | am | PA PA bd bd be | MAM MM PM PM 4 PSP PS PS Od Pad | bd bd bd bd bet bet be wx | ~ A | ~~ | MM 4 | ~~ ~ 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 39 DISCUSSION From this study several factors important in determining the distribu- tion of a species within a local habitat have emerged. The explanations for the “ecological preferences” of the butterflies in the Donner Pass area (and presumably elsewhere ) fall ideally into the following categories. I. Larvat Foop PLANT As pointed out in the introduction, the specific larval food plant required by most species limits the distribution of the butterfly to areas where the food plant grows. But within the geographical range of the food plant, two quite different distributions of the plant are possible: (1) a “closed” range, where plant and butterfly are confined to very restricted areas within a habitat; (2) an “open” range, where the plant and butterfly are widespread in a given habitat; or, alternately, an “open” range where the food plant is widespread but the butterfly is confined in distribution. A. CLosED RANGE In some butterfly species, such as Euphydryas editha in the San Francisco Bay region, the adults seem to “choose” to remain within a very specific area despite the fact that its food plant is available in a somewhat greater area. This apparent “choice” factor EHriicH (1961b) terms “intrinsic barriers” to dispersal. In the Donner Pass area also, some species were found with apparent intrinsic barriers to dispersal. Everes comyntas amyntula and Hesperia nevada were restricted to the very top of Mt. Judah, and each species was always found within a few feet of its respective food plant, which was also restricted to the ridge (8,240') here. With a constant, strong wind and the weak flight of Everes, any dispersal away from the food plant would seem to be dangerous for the survival of the species there. Hesperia nevada seemed just to “choose” to remain in this territory. Examples from lower elevations also come out of the Lycenidz and Hesperiidae. Certain lycenids (Lycena heteronea and Satyrium cali- fornica, for example ) and skippers, such as Hesperia harpalus, were found only in the immediate vicinity of food-plant colonies. Such restricted plants are found only in areas with particular soil and moisture re- quirements. Willows, the larval food plant of Limenitis lorquini, are found only in wet areas and Limenitis stays among the willows, despite its strong flight. One might hypothesize that a specifically de- veloped physiology (weak flight and a single food plant with specific 40 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 soil and moisture requirements) or an intrinsic “choice” factor (plus a single food plant) has caused these butterfly species to be restricted even within a habitat the size of those studied (refer to map). B. Oren RANGE In this category we include food plants that enjoy a wide distribution throughout one or more habitats, and that have their corresponding butterfly species occurring with them. Examples are numerous: Pieris protodice, Anthocaris, Colias, Chlosyne hoffmanni, Precis lavinia, Boloria epithore, Plebejus szpiolus, and many others. C. OrpEN Foop PLANT RANGE BUT RESTRICTED BUTTERFLY DISTRIBUTION This is a very common circumstance in temperate North America. The food plant will occur over a wide region, yet the butterfly species will be distributed in only part of the habitats available to it. (This, of course, is assuming the same elevation and general climate prevails throughout these habitats.) The following explanations are offered: (1) The species is a weak flier and is only increasing its range very slowly. EnriicH (1954) postulates that species of this nature (e.g. Erebia)may have wind as an important dispersal agent. (2) The species may be a fairly strong flier but it never strays far from its its colony in a particular habitat. EHriicu (1961b) has offered an intrinsic barrier explanation for this phenomena. (3) The species (a weak or only fair flier) exists in a habitat surrounded by an almost insurmountable barrier, such as mountains, a forested area, or even a wide river. BAUER (1959) notes that the south- ward spread of Erebia vidleri Elwes and Boloria chariclea Schneider from Washington into Oregon has been barred by the Columbia River gorge. (4) To the casual cbserver, habitats may appear to be suitable be- cause of similar climate and elevation, but microclimates in the area may preclude any settling of the butterfly species. Besides severe cold in the winter, there may be flooding from spring runoff, lack of sufficient solar radiation due to frequent cloudiness or northerly exposure, an abundance of parasites and predators, feeding heavily on butterflies of the area (single strays from elsewhere would be destroyed. too frequently for permanent settlement), and extreme temperature fluctua- tions within the immediate area of the food plants (bare rocks with sun reflection, for instance). 1yez Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Al Three examples of this “open but restricted” phenomena in the Donner Pass area are offered from the hairstreak group. Satyrium sylvinus was found around willows at the base of Mt. Judah, but in Summit Valley (same elevation—about 6800 feet) the species was absent despite the abundance of willows. Food plants for Callophrys eryphon and C. augustinus iroides were quite numerous and widely distributed, but these hairstreaks were found only rarely in both 1956 and 1960. II. Aputt FEEDING PLANT This distributional factor has not been noted by most authors, but in the Donner Pass area, the adult feeding habits of some butterfly species dictated the apparent distribution of the imagos. The most obvious examples of this intrinsic ecological factor were the members of the Speyeria group. The fritillary species were very rarely found in the moist areas where the larval food plant (Viola species) grows (and then only females). This is the complete opposite of the first case considered (I-A) where certain species were extremely restricted to the food-plant area. Instead, Speyeria occasionally would be seen flying very rapidly through dry meadows or on rocky slopes where no larval food plants were known to occur. We are indebted to L. M. Martin for pointing out that single-egg-laying species, such as Speyeria, often must fly a considerable distance between each oviposition. Usually, the adult Speyeria congregated around flowering Western Pennyroyal to feed during most of the day. Thus preferences of the adult butterfly for a certain feeding plant can be very important in determining the distribution of some species within a habitat that may not even contain the larval food plant! Il]. Stronc Furers or INTER-HABITAT MIGRANTS Examples in this group are familiar to every North American lepidopterist: Vanessa cardui, V. atalanta, V. virginiensis, Nymphalis californica, Danaus plexippus, and Polygonia zephyrus. Members of this category often fly many miles and one or more thousand feet in elevation away from the nearest food plants. Vanessa cardui and V. atalanta were found only at elevations over 8,200 feet, while thistles (food plant for cardui) grew to around 6,800 feet and no food plants were found for atalanta. No larval food plant for Danaus plexippus was available for many miles around, but in- dividuals of this renowned migrant were seen rather frequently above 7,000 feet. 42 EMMEL & EmMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 For two species (Nymphalis californica and Polygonia zephyrus), the larval food plant was found only in one locality, while the adults flew in every habitat. The strong flight of these species has granted considerable freedom of movement to the adults, and thus the butterflies often appear far from their larval food plants. Yet this “migrating” tendency does not imperil the survival of the species, for the adults hatch close to their food plants and can mate and lay eggs before flying off, or else can find new food-plant sources in their movements. IV. Mountrain-Tor ATTRACTION No paper of this type would be complete without entering the “mountain-top controversy. We have already mentioned (III) the Vanessa species flying about the peaks. There were two other strong fliers in the study area that were restricted mainly to the highest peaks: Papilio zelicaon and P. indra. Elsewhere in California, P. zelicaon is found wherever a suitable food plant (Umbellifere) grows. On the Donner Pass peaks, the available food plant for both zelicaon and indra was Cymopterus and this plant’s range included the tops of the peaks down to 7,100 feet. For these strong fliers, the winds along the high ridges and peaks may prove enticing, if one concedes that the species can indeed “choose” to remain there. On the other hand, the closeness of their food plant would make the adults’ appearance around the peaks seem but natural. CONCLUSIONS Using the ecological data obtained from our research in the Donner Pass area, we have found first that the distribution of butterflies in a Sierran community is apparently governed by the inherent physiology of each species; in other words, by intrinsic factors. This physiology may be dependent upon one or more of the following factors: (1) the larval food plant; (2) the adult feeding plant; (3) the development of wing muscles for flight, i.e., how strongly or weakly the butterfly flies; (4) other unknown intrinsic factors, such as the preference of some species for mountain-tops and the lack of any dispersal tendency, as in Satyrium sylvinus. Secondly, we have found that the distribution of butterflies depends upon various extrinsic factors which work on the intrinsic factors of each species. Among extrinsic factors we have noted climate, food-plant distribution, elevation above sea level, natural barriers to dispersal, wind, and presence of parasites and predators. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 43 Thus in the search for explanations of butterfly distribution we must consider all the above factors, for each factor has its examples and many butterflies are not easily categorized. The real basis for the distribution and “ecological preferences” of a species must be sought in the evolution and adaptation of physiological mechanisms for exploiting a particular habitat in nature. SUMMARY The local distributions, ecological preferences, and flight periods of 76 species, forms, and races of Rhopalocera in the Donner Pass area, Placer County, California, U. S. A., are reported. Factors involved in determining butterfly distribution are discussed. It is concluded that the distribution of a butterfly species is determined by (1) intrinsic factors, including larval food plant, adult feeding plant, strength of flight, and unknown factors, such as intrinsic barriers to dispersal; and (2) extrinsic factors, including climate, food-plant distribution, elevation above sea level, natural barriers to dispersal, and presence of parasites and predators. These extrinsic conditions work on intrinsic physiological factors, which have evolved for exploitation of a particular environment, and so determine the geographical range and local dis- tribution of a species. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors are deeply indebted to Mr. Witx1am N. Goopatt of the National Audubon Society, Director of the Audubon Camp of California at Donner Pass (Norden, California), where full cooperation for collecting data was extended to us during our service as assistants on the staff. Drs. THomas Harvey and KENNETH TANKSLEY, members of the Camp staff, kindly furnished plant identifications. Thanks are due to Mr. Lroyp M. Martin, Los Angeles County Museum, who helped in determination of some Rhopalocera species and read the manuscript. References Arnhold, F. R., 1952. Notes on collecting Anthocharis midea and Euchloe olympia. Lepid. news 6: 99-100. Bauer, David L., 1959. A new geographical subspecies of Chlosyne hoffmanni (Nymphalide) from Washington State. Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 207-211. Brown, F. Martin, 1952. Oeneis oslari Skinner, rediscovered (Lepid.: Nymphalidz ). Ent. news 53: 119-123. - hee , D. Eff, & B. Rotger, 1957. Colorado butterflies. Denver: Denver Museum of Natural History. 368 pp. Comstock, John A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Los Angeles, California. 334 pp. 44 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 Ehrlich Paul R., 1954. Notes on Erebia rossii Curtis (Lepidoptera: Satyride). Ent. news 5d: 225-297. ee ee , 1956. Ecological observations on Erebia (Lepidoptera: Satyrida) in northwestern America. Ent. news 67: 29-36. Btn. een , & A. H., 196la. How to know the butterflies. Dubuque, Iowa; Brown. 262 pp. Pee rere , 1961b. Intrinsic barriers to dispersal in checkerspot butterfly. Science 134: 108-109. Ford, E. B., 1957. Butterflies. London: Collins. 368 pp. Hovanitz, William, 1958. Distribution of butterflies in the New World, in Hubbs, Carl L. (ed.), Zoogeography: 321-368. Publication No.51 of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. 509 pp. Jepson, Willis L., 1957. A manual of the flowering plants of California. Berkeley: Univ. of Calif. Press. 1238 pp. Munroe, Eugene, 1951. Field notes on the butterflies of Knob Lake, northern Quebec. Lepid. news 5: 7. Munz, Phillip A., 1959. A California flora. Berkeley: Univ. of Calif. Press. 1681 pp. Shoumatoff, Nicholas, 1953. The excelsior complex. Lepid. news 7: 38-40. Tilden, J. W.. 1959. The butterfly associations of Tioga Pass. Wasmann journ. biol. 17: 249-271. Wiltshire, E. P., 1957. The Lepidoptera of Iraq. London: Nicholas Kaye Limited. 162 pp: (TCE) Reed College, Portland 2, Oreg. U. S. A. (JFE) 5341 West Blvd., Los Angeles 43, Calif., U. S. A. SATYRIUM BEHRII (LYCAANIDA) IN OREGON Prompted by the recent record of Satyrium behrii Edwards from Nevada (Philip, Journ. lepid. soc. 15: 56; 1961) the Reverend A. I. Goon, of Wooster, Ohio, wrote to inform me of his capture of the species in Oregon, another of the states whence behrii was previously unreported (cf. Clench, in Ehrlich & Ehrlich, How to know the butterflies: 192; 1961). Rev. Goon took a single fresh male on 5 July 1961 at John Day (Grant Co.), the only individual he saw in nearly a month of collecting in the area. He has generously presented the specimen to Carnegie Museum. E. J. Newcomer, of Yakima, Washington, has also reported in corres- pondence the capture of S. behrii in Oregon. He took it at two localities: Camp Sherman (Jefferson Co.), 22 July; and Pringle Falls (Deschutes Co.), 23 July. There is also a record of the species from Ft. Klamath (Klamath Co.) in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard. Harry K. CLencu, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh 13, Penna., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 45 THE AUTHORSHIP OF THREE SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA VARIOUSLY CREDITED TO BOISDUVAL OR LUCAS by Cyr F. pos Passos In a recent paper by Dr. LincoLn P. Brower (“1958” [1959]: p.101) it is stated in a footnote “I have been unable to ascertain whether BorspuvaL or Lucas first described P. eurymedon and P. rutulus in ¥852.” This problem actually involves an additional name to those mentioned above i.e., Papilio zelicaon. The authorship of these three names proposed in 1852 has been shifted back and forth over the years between BortspuvaL and Lucas and the time has come when this uncertainty should be put finally to rest. All three names were published by BortspuvaL (1852a) in a paper entitled Lépidoptéres de la Californie and by Lucas (1852) in a paper entitled Descriptions de nouvelles espéces de Lépidoptéres appartenant aux collections entomologiques du Musée de Paris. BotspuvaL appears to have presented his paper on the Lepidoptera of California at a meeting of the Entomological Society of France on 25 February, but it does not appear to have been published until August. These facts appear from a separate (1852b) of the paper and a reprint (1852c) bearing new pagination (pp.1-52), both of which are in the author's library. The latter paper has a title page dated 1852 and states that it is an “Extrait des Annales de la Société entomologique de France (aoft 1852)”. On the other hand, Lucas’ paper has at the top of every even numbered page “(Mars 1852)”. Hence, on the intrinsic evidence all three names must be ascribed to Lucas. _ The foregoing evidence appears to settle the matter insofar as intrinsic evidence is concerned and it would prove difficult to upset that con- clusion by any extrinsic evidence, if it exists. - It should be observed that Brower, in his references, ascribes the Lucas paper to “M. H. Lucas”. The full name of Lucas is PIERRE Hierotyte Lucas, but he usually signed himself H. Lucas. The “M.” stands of course for Monsieur. It was customary at that time in France to use the abbreviation M. before authors’ names. Also the pagination of Lucas paper is 128-141, not 138-141 as Brower cites it. © 46 pos Passos: Papilio names Vol.16: no.1l The foregoing study was made some time ago at the suggestion of Mr. Pappy B. McHenry of Burbank, California, who inquired about the matter while the present author was preparing his Check List of Nearctic Rhopalocera and I am indebted to him for calling the problem to my attention. References Brower, Lincoln P., “1958” [1959]. Peale’s Lepidoptera Americana and the correct name for Papilio multicaudatus. Lepid. news 12: 101-102. Boisduval, Jean Baptiste Alphonse Déchaufour de, 1852a. Lépidoptéres de la Californie. Ann. soc. ent. France (2e série) 10: 275-324. Boia , 1852b. Lépidoptéres de la Californie. ibid. 10: 275-324. [Separate.] Pema teas , 1852c. Lépidoptéres de la Californie. 52 pp. Typographie Felix Malteste et Ce, Paris. [ Reprint. ] Lucas, Pierre Hippolyte, 1852. Descriptions de nouvelles espéces de Lépidopteres appartenant aux collections entomologiques du Musée de Paris. Rev. mag. zool. pure appl. (2e serie) 4: 128-141. Washington Corners, Mendham, N. J., U. S. A. THE FIRST RECORD OF COLIAS NASTES IN THE UNITED STATES (PIERIDA*) A single female of Colias nastes Boisduval was collected in northern Washington while the author was working on a forest lookout tower. This specimen was collected on July 13. A single male of this species was sighted five days later but eluded capture. The female agrees with HoLuanp’s figure of the species in every way except that the yellow coloring has a more greenish undercasting. The previously recorded range of this species is Labrador northward and westward (Klots, Field guide to the butterflies: p.33; 1951) and British Columbia. The exact locality of capture follows: Bunker Hill Lookout, near edge of a northern facing cliff, 7000 feet elevation, (T 40 N, R 19 E, S 16), Okanogan County, Washington, July 18, 1961, Jon SHEparp collector. Both the male and female were discovered in association with Red Heather (Phyllodoce empetriformis (Smith) D. Don.). The specimen is in the authors collection. Jon H. Sueparp, 2315 Jackson, Corvallis, Ore., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society AT NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL LEPIDOPTERA. 1, THE EARLY STAGES AND COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY OF TWO SPECIES OF DYOPS (NOCTUIDA‘) HITHERTO CONFUSED by E. P. WILtsHIrE Perhaps the most peculiar trees of the Neotropical forests, though not the most beautiful or majestic, are those of the genus Cecropia, known in Brazil as Imbauba; in English it is sometimes referred to as the Chandelier-tree, from its aspect, or the Ant-tree, from its myrmecophily. During an all-too-brief stay of 18 months at Rio de Janeiro (see my general paper — Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 79-88; 1959), I decided to pay especial attention to the Lepidoptera and other insects attached to this genus of tree, and in a later article I hope to deal with the relations between various orders of insects on it. In this, my first special article on the Lepidoptera of the New World I shall deal only with two species of noctuid moth which I obtained in the forests fringing Rio only by breeding larve found on Cecropia. I suppose them to be monophagous on this genus, but of course cannot be sure. The appearance of both these species of larva is of some taxonomic interest, as it differs from that hitherto considered to characterise the Quadrifid subfamilies of the Noctuidae. These subfamilies are primarily classified by their hindwing neuration, but it is considered that they are also characterised by the less complete development of the larval abdominal legs. The Trifid group, of course, have five completely de- veloped pairs, of roughly equal size. Many Catocalinz (a subfamily of the Quadrifids) have five pairs, but the foremost pair, on abdominal segment 3, is smaller than that on segment 4. It now appears that the Dyopsine are an exception amiong the Quadrifids, as the pair on segment 3 is equal to that on segment 4, to judge from these two species. Both kinds of larva, moreover, have long single hairs of a sort never seen in the Old World on larvze of Quadrifids. Both I and Dr. H. B. D. Kerriewe.i, who was visiting Brazil when I found the first of the two (species no.2615), fully expected the larva to hatch into an Acronyctine or perhaps Arctiid moth; we were fooled by the long conspicuous single hairs, and the fully developed prolegs. We did not at first perceive that it lacked the rather dense tufts of hair of the genus Apatele, etc.; it reminded us of the Palearctic Apatele alni. A detailed description is given later of this larva, which is solitary. 48 WILTSHIRE: Dyops Vol.16: no.1 When the moth emerged and proved to be a Dyops (there was little difficulty about determining the genus) it was a great surprise. Further examples were bred later in my stay, but the assistance of the British Museum was required to determine the species correctly. As for the second species (no.2742), I only found the larve on one occasion, but as it was gregarious I was able to obtain more adults of it than of the first. This larva too, in its last instar, recalled an Apatele larva, but its earlier instars were so completely different from those of the first species, that it was again a great surprise when another Dyops hatched out. On studying the material of this genus in the British Museum I found both forms confused in a series over the name Dyops ocellata Cramer; but the type of Dyops cuprescens Hampson, placed later, was in fact indistinguishable from the first, larger, species (no.2615). I found only slight differences in the male genitalia, and none in the female; it requires an experienced eye to distinguish the imagines by their pattern and superficial appearance, and without the clue given by the strikingly different larvae the confusion in the Museum series might not have been rectified for many years. I must acknowledge the assistance of Mr. D. S. FLETCHER, without whom I would not now be able to give my conclusions on the correct names of these two species, with comparative morphology. The two species, by priority of description, will come in the opposite order to that given above. 1. Dyops ocellata Cramer (no.2742) — (1) Dyops ocellata Cramer [Phalzena ocellatad Cramer (Papillons exotiques 3: pl.276, D, E; 1780)]. Dr. A. Draxonorr kindly informed me that Cramer’s type could not be found at Leiden. I select CRAMER'S figure E as the LECTOTYPE, as I consider the two moths figured as not conspecific. CRAMER thought them the female (D) and the male (E) of the same species, but in fact the sexes do not differ in aspect or size in this genus, in my experience. I also suggest that the British Museum’s series from French Guiana should be neotypes (Plate 1: figs. 1 and 2). Synonym: Bacula chromatophila Walker, List lepid. ins. British mus. 15: 1669; 1858) for which I select as LECTOTYPE a ? in Hope Dept. of Entomology, University Museum, Oxford, “BRAZ. 276” (the type series of chromatophila is a mixture, but this selection disposes of the name). PLATE 1 DY OPS 1) — Dyops ocellata (French Guiana); NEOTYPE in British Museum (x 1); 2) — same (x2); 3) — same, full-grown larve (enlarged); 4) — Dyops cuprescens, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, (<1); 5) — same, Asuncion, San Lorenzo, Paraguay, leg. H. Pearson (x1); 6) — same, penultimate instar larva (enlarged); 7) — same, full-grown larva (enlarged). 49 50 WILTSHIRE: Dyops Vol.16: no.1 GUENEES remarks on this species are an additional factor leading me to select ocellata as above, and are worth reproducing (Hist. des insectes, Lep. 6: p.283): — “1088 Dyops ocellata Cr. 27 DE. “38 mm. Ailes supér. d'un gris verdatre, avec les lignes médianes géminées, ondées et denticulées. Une grande tache foncée, subcarrée, saupoudrée, et entourée de clair dans la cellule et, au bord terminal entre les 2me et 3me inférieures, un petit oeuil noire 4 pupille blanche, double. Partie de la ligne subterminale qui le précéde, d'un vert doré. Quelques points blancs prés de l’apex. Coudée marquée de blanc au milieu. Ailes infér., d’un gris noiratre luisant, avec un double trait blanchatre a langle anal et deux petites taches ocellées, dont l’extérieure bipupillée et surmontée de vert-doré, entre les 2me et 4me inférieures. Derriére toutes les ocellées on voit, a certains jours, une bandelette cuivrée. Dessous des quatres ailes d'un gris jaunatre, avec les nervures plus claires, une forte tache cellulaire, une ligne médiane et une ombre postérieure noiratres, tres marquées. Dessous de l’abdomen, avec une bandelette noire. Femelle semblable. “Brésil. coll. Lefebvre, Saunders et Gn. On I’a envoyé en abondance des environs de Pernambuco. “Nota, Cramer la dit de Cayenne et ses figures D et E paraissent présenter quelques différences, mais elles sont si grossiéres quil ne faut pas sy arreter. Il sera bon de vérifier toutefois par la suite si !espéce de la Guyane est complétement identique avec celle du Brésil, que je décris ici.” The “green grey’ fore-wing colour, referred to by GuENEE for his Brazilian species, characterises the gregarious smaller species (2742) taken by me. The larger, solitary species (2615) has a purple-brown ground. The British Museum has a good series of both from French Guiana and Brazil; and after making preparations of the genitalia of several of each, Mr. D. S. FLercuer found that the male’s valve-apex afforded a good character, and kindly sent me sketches of this. My own slides, made from my material, corresponded well to those sketches, and figures 8 and 9 were made from them; fig.10 was made from Mr. FLETCHER’S sketch of a species I do not possess, which can also be distinguished by the valve apex. It will be seen that the valve terminates in a short mem- branous flap with short hairs: in ocellata (fig.8) this flap continues in a straight line from the costa to its point, from which its ventral border curves away at an acute angle to merge in the valve’s chitinous ventral border; in cuprescens (fig. 9) the flap’s point is roughly midway be- tween costa and ventral border, forming a right angle and being obtusely angled to the costa; in dotata Walker (fig. 10) the costa and ventral borders taper to a very acute tip. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ol 10 8) — Dyops ocellata, & genitalia, ventral open view, with edeagus detached; 9) — D. cuprescens, & right valve tip; 10) —D. dotata, @ left valve tip. All drawings to same scale. EARLY STAGES (2742). On November 2, 1958 I found on a single low leaf of a Cecropia sapling on the side of the Rua Redentor, Corcovado Mountain, Rio, at about 500 m. height, a gregarious mass of nearly fifty larve nearly 1” long, slender and glossy brown, with black heads and scanty black hairs which were inconspicuous. The head and tail were slightly raised; all feet were black; there were five equal pairs of abdominal feet. The larvee rested side by side touching each other, and usually fed in the same formation. They resembled a putrescent jelly-like mass and were repulsive, both in this and the next instar. On November 6 they moulted gregariously; after this they were orange-brown in colour, 22-25 mm. long. On November 18 they again moulted gregariously; and immediately after, the larva-mass appeared darker, as though mouldy, this impression being given by the fresh white hairs on the new dark skins. A little later, they separated to feed and ceased to be gregarious. 52 WILTSHIRE: Dyops Vol.16: no.1 Mature larva (fig.3 of Plate): black, with three fine white transverse dorsal lines on each somite and an orange-brown lateral stripe running the length of the body; head glossy black; feet black; ventral surface, with a few transverse short lines. Foodplant: Cecropia, and occasionally if nothing else was offered, the foliage of two other trees. Cocoon: silken, firm, with debris adhering to the outside; I am uncertain where it is placed in the wild state, but presume on the ground, perhaps below the surface. The moths started emerging on November 27, and about forty had hatched by the end of the month. Many were under-sized due to the difficulty of providing enough of the right foodplant daily; no more moths emerged after December 30. Probably the phenology of this moth is like that of the following species, i.e. multivoltine with “winter pause’, but as only one generation has been bred, this is a guess. In an equatorial climate the “winter pause” would, I suppose, not be made. The adult moth, when disturbed, falls on its back and flutters jerkily vibrating its wings and body and revealing the lighter, more orange and banded under-side colouring; this is possibly a mimicry of Hymenoptera and may be in an early stage of evolution. It might, alternatively be an exhibition of deceptive or “flash” colouring before suddenly settling. 2. (no.2615) Dyops cuprescens Hampson 1926 This was named by Hampson in Descriptions of new genera and new species of Noctuinae 128. The ? of Cramer's ocellata (P1.276 D) appears identical with both sexes of this species. Hampson’s type, from Chaqui- mayo, S. Peru, is in the British Museum. This species is on the average larger than the preceding and can usually be distinguished from ocellata by its purple-brown fore-wing ground-colour. See also figure 9 for the valve-tip of the male, and remarks under ocellata above. EARLY STAGES (2615). I have found the half-grown and full-grown larve on the underside of larger leaves of young Cecropia trees, feeding by day but hidden. They are usually found singly, but when small are sometimes found two together. Fourth (?) instar: about 34” long, resembling bird-excrement, brown, slender, shiny, with dorsal white patch on somites 4-9, and paler brown 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 53 ventrally. Head yellow brown. Sete black, white-ringed, with rather long black hairs. A slightly larger larva, observed on another occasion was bluish white, suffused with yellow near the spiracles and on somite 11; the head was yellow with four black spots as big as the sete (see Plate 1, fig.6). Next instar. the head is glossy black, some of the hairs have thick tips, and the length of the larva is 1”-114” (see fig.7). On the slightly enlarged 10th somite there are two dark patches above two lateral warts; these patches may be brown or black. The dorsal and ventral areas are white with heavy black seta, recalling European Cucullia larve; be- _ tween the two posterior setze of each somite is a short black transverse bar; there are also other transverse black bars of varying length on each somite and these tend to become broader laterally; in the darkest forms these black markings coalesce so that the setee no longer appear as distinct black spots, and the white colouring is reduced to the extent of forming two creamy transverse dorsal bands, and a pair of creamy lateral spots on each somite. One larva found full-grown was feeding on the underside of a large leaf with only its head shewing. When I picked the leaf it stopped, threw back its head in alarm and assumed a dead, squashed appearance, looking rather limp and mouldy. A small dipterous fly was noticed trapped in the hairs of this individual and appeared lifeless. A pre-pupal change of colouring affects the sublateral and ventral areas which turn deep crimson, leaving the dorsal area creamy white dappled with black. Cocoon: silky, firm, with debris adhering; pupal period, about three weeks. Phenology: multivoltine with a probable diapause in the cool season; apparently there are four broods during the warmer half of the year at Rio. Larve of the first are full-grown in early November and produce moths in early December. A full-grown larva was also found in early January and would have produced a moth in mid- February had circumstances permitted completion of rearing. Half- grown larve found in April produce moths in late April and early May. Half-grown larvae found in mid-May produce moths in late June. Whether there is really a diapause in July-October, and in what stage, is uncertain. Pupa: glossy dark brown, heavily chitined, of normal noctuid aspect, without bloom. The wings cover part of the first five abdominal somites, leaving the next five clear and entire cremaster, consisting of seven short, straight, sharp, well-separated spines, on a blunt, rounded rump. 54 WILTsHIRE: Dyops Vol.16: no.1 3. Other Dyopsinz Although I have personally come across only the above two species, it may be of interest to add a few words here about other species in this sub-family which appears to be endemic Neo-tropical. The whitish-banded form Dyops dotata Walker has been placed in the British Museum as an aberration in the D. ocellata series, but Mr. D. S. FLETCHER after investigating the male genitalia came to the con- clusion that it was also distinct (see fig.10 for its valve tip. ). The remaining Dyops species in the British Museum are easily dis- tinguished from the above three; their names are: chlorargyra Hampson, cyanargyria Hampson, pupillata Felder, subdifferens Schaus; and, placed in a separate genus (Eudyops Hampson), xantholepis Dyar. Immediately following GuENEE’s description of ocellata quoted above are the descriptions of two further Dyops species: 1089. Dyops oculigera Gd. (38 mm.) and 1090. Dyops hatuey Poey (58 mm.); of these two I have no knowledge and can express no opinion. SUMMARY Two species of Dyops, widespread in Central and South America and hitherto confused, have been studied and bred in Brazil. Dyops ocellata is the smaller species; fore-wing greenish brown in ground-colour. The larva is gregarious at first and in its last instar is black with creamy white hoops and orange lateral stripes, and has long single hairs. A lectotype and a synonym of ocellata are given. Dyops cuprescens is the larger species; fore-wing purplish brown in ground colour. The larva is solitary or found in couples at first; it is whitish with black spots and bands and long hairs thickened at the end. Both larve have ten abdominal prolegs equally developed; this, together with the long hairs, distinguishes them from the larvz of other sub-families with which this genus has been placed. The foodplant is Cecropia, a myrmecophilous tree. | Political Agency, P. O. B. 114, BAHRAIN 1$62 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 55 PRELIMINARY NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF CALLOPHRYS (SANDIA) MAC FARLANDI by Down B. Srauines, J. R. TurNer, and Paut R. Exnruicn It is evident that the proper description of the life history of Callophrys (Sandia) macfarlandi Ehrlich & Clench will have to wait until detailed comparative studies of related Hairstreaks can be made. It therefore seems that a preliminary report of our knowledge is in order at this time. The egg appears to be typical of the Lyczenide: a pitted oblate spheroid. In the single observed instance of egg laying, the female deposited the egg on a lateral stem near the main stem of the flower stalk. Other eggs were observed on the sheath at the base of the stems cf the flower stalks. Undoubtedly all instars of the larva have been observed and preserved, although no single individual has been raised from egg to adult. Therefore we do not know the exact number of instars. The larvae were characteristically slug-shaped and were extremely variable in color. The main color range was from a human flesh color to dark maroon. This range of color included over 75% of the specimens. Several larvze were of a distinct pink color, and a single specimen was light green. In pattern some were immaculate and others had several rows of chevron stripes and spots. More than 200 larvzee were examined. The larve feed primarily on the blossoms of Nolina mircocarpa S. Watson (Agavacez), a Beargrass. However, we observed some of the larger larvae chewing pits into the stem of the bloom stalk. Most larvze were found at rest on the main and lateral stems of the bloom stalk and often concealed themselves in the sheath at the base of the stems. Even those larve feeding on the blossoms were camouflaged well enough, by their color and markings, that they were not seen at first glance. An unidentified species of ant was attending the larve. No pupz were found in nature, so the pupation site is unknown. The form of the pupa is typical of the genus. The flight of the adults is rather rapid and erratic, and our observations indicated that they remained close to the location of the larval food plant. The flight during the day is rather limited. Nearly all specimens found in flight were sighted between 9:00 A.M. and 10:30 A.M. Adults were observed to spend the night deep in the basal rosette of the food plant. The main flight in 1959 appeared to be during the first three weeks of May. Some of the mature larvae that we collected were permitted to 56 STALLINGS, et al.: Sandia biology Vol.16; no.1 Callophrys (Sandia) macfarlandi: top left — upperside; top right — underside; middle left — Nolina microcarpa, the foodplant; middle right — larva feeding on blossoms (dorsal); bottom left — two larve feeding (note attending ant above arrow); bottom right — larva feeding (lateral). pupate. Some of these then emerged the last part of May and early in June; the remainder did not emerge until the following year. Some fresh specimens of the second generation were taken in flight with the more worn specimens of the first generation. The type locality is on the dry west slope of the Sandia Mts., in Bernalillo County, New Mexico, just north and east of Albuquerque. The exact locality is the La Cueva Camp Ground in La Cueva Canyon. The holotype was caught some 10 yards east of the stone shelter house at the camp ground, and many in the type series were taken in the 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 57 Type locality of C. macfarlandi; Paut ExruicH and Jack Sraxurincs collecting in foreground. immediate vicinity, About the only other butterflies common at the type locality at the time the type series was collected were Apodemia mormo Felder & Felder and Callophrys (Mitoura) siva Edwards. C. macfarlandi appears to be more abundant in Tijeras Canyon, a short distance from the type locality, and collectors are urged to seek it in this area rather than at the type locality. References Ehrlich, P. R., & H. K. Clench, 1960. A new subgenus and species of Callophrys (s. 1.) from the southwestern United States. Ent. news 71: 137-141. Stallings, D. B., J. R. Turner, & P. R. Ehrlich, 1959. A “hit and run” trip to Texas and New Mexico. Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 99-100. [DBS, JRT] Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A. [PRE] Div. of Systematic Biology, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. 58 BOOK REVIEW Vol.16: no.1 WILD SILK MOTHS OF THE UNITED STATES, SATURNIINA, EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES AND OBSERVATIONS OF NATURAL LIVING HABITS AND RELATIONSHIP. By Michael M. Collins & Robert D. Weast. Collins Radio Co., Cedar Rapids. 138 pp. Available from: Wild Silk Moths, 201 34th Street, Cedar Rapids, Iowa, U. S. A.; price $4.25. This little book (may be read at a single sitting) contains a great deal of useful information on the species of giant silk moths occurring naturally in the United States of America. This includes moths of the saturniid subfamily Saturniinz mainly, but the genus Automeris (Hemileucine ) is included also because of its popularity with amateur breeders. The book is copiously illustrated with excellent photographs (although somewhat light in tone, no doubt from the reproduction process) and is organized into two main parts: Part I, United States species, under which are discussed, for each species, (1) habitat, (2) breeding habits, (3) breeding in captivity, and (4) collecting; general remarks are given also under each genus or subgenus; Part II, Studies and experiments, under which are discussed, (1) population dynamics, (2) breeding flights, (3) parasites, (4) diseases, (5) breeding, and (6) hybrids. There is a nearly complete coverage of species and subspecies and the discussions are detailed and mostly based on personal observations by the authors. Much new information is recorded also. In these respects lies the greatest value of the book both to the non-professional collector and breeder — he may find reliable information to aid him in obtaining and rearing not only the better known eastern species, but also the lesser known southwestern species as well —and to the research worker — he may utilize the first-hand biological data in comprehensive studies on phylogeny, physiology of sexual attraction, geographical distribution, etc. Critically speaking, I find a few dubious or meaningless statements, such as, “They [the larve of two species] have gaudy, scarlet tubercles which make them appear poisonous or dangerous. (p.80), and “Once the scent is detected, the male flies against the wind. This action suggests the use of eyesight for determining the wind direction.” (p.91) [italics mine]. Also disturbing are the sometimes loose style, incompletely cited and scarce source references, non-italicized latin names, and capitalization of the initial letter of species-group names. Some of these points may be excused because the book is not intended as a scientific work. All in all, I would say that the authors’ purpose is well served by their book, “ ... to present various aspects of the subject with the hope of creating enthusiasm and to be of help to the breeder or student who plans to do work with these fascinating insects.” CuHarxLes L. HocugE, Dept. of Entomology, University of California, Los Angeles, Calif., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 59 FIELD NOTES AN ALBINO LYCAANA PHLAZAS IN CONNECTICUT In August 1960 I had a rather interesting experience while hunting in a field in Portland, Connecticut. I was working in a large open field which had a depression at one end. In the depression grew a heavy mass of a pinkish red flower about 2 feet tall. In this depression and on the flowers were swarms of Lyczena phlzxas americana. No sorrel was apparent; consequently I stood wondering what the attraction was. While I was still pondering the question, a small white butterfly appeared on the scene which I did not immediately recognize. To my amazement it turned out to be a white L. p. americana. By “white,” I mean pure white; I have previously found very light pinkish forms. This specimen is identical with the normal form as to spots, etc. To me the more interesting feature was the fact that it settled on the only white flower in the patch, which makes me ask: did it know it was white, and choose the white flower intentionally? Are butterflies that colour conscious? Further afield there were large patches of the same white flowers, but a search turned up no more white freaks. The specimen in question is in my collection at Cassadaga. STANLEY V. FuLLER, Box 81, Cassadaga, Fla., U. S. A. A WHITISH LYCAENA PHLEAS IN OHIO. (LYCAENIDA:) One of the more accessible collecting areas near the community of Wellington, Lorain Co., Ohio, is Findley State Park, located two miles south of the village on Ohio State Route 58. The park consists of nearly 900 acres, a large part of which was originally woodlands. In 1954 a shallow valley, through which a small stream flowed, was cleared and an earth fill dam was constructed at the north side of the park. This created an artificial lake of about 90 acres. With access roads, cleared picnic areas, and an artificial bathing beach, the park has become a center of summer outdoor recreation in this area. Plantings of native and introduced trees, made about 30 years ago, are in various parts of the park. These are mostly species of Quercus (oak), Betula (birch), Liquidambar (gum), and various conifers. The afternoon of August 10, 1961 was sunny with setae cumulus clouds, temperature in the middle eighties, but with a gusty wind of 60 FIELD NOTES Vol.16: no.1 about 16 to 18 miles an hour from the south-southwest. I was collecting on this afternoon in the above described park, following a service road which led through a brush-filled area and into an open meadow-like field of about 20 acres in area. Abcut 2:30 P.M. (EDT) and at the point where the drive entered the field, I saw a small butterfly darting around in a belligerent manner. Not reccgnizing it, I attempted to net it on the wing, but failed. It returned almost immediately, and this time alighted upon a small patch of bare ground in the drive. Thinking it to be some species of Blue not common to this area, I carefully netted it as soon as it arose from the ercund, papered it, and continued my collecting. Returning home, I examined my catch. To my utmost surprise, I found this to be a specimen of Lyczena phleas Linnzus. A perfect male, it lacked completely any red or coppery red color, both on the upper and under surfaces of the primaries and secondaries. Instead, this color was replaced entirely by white or silvery white areas, although the dark gray and black portions were of normal color and design. A rather striking appearance was created by this coloration, or rather, lack of it. Examination of the white areas under a microscope at 200 reveals that these scales are curled or rolled, giving them an almost quill-like appearance. Similar areas on a normally colored specimen reveal flat shingle shaped scales. This suggests that the loss of refractive power of the curled scales results in the loss of the coppery red color, leaving a colorless or white area. At the present time, this specimen is in the writer's general collection. Subsequent intensive collecting in the area of capture failed to produce any similar individuals, although many normal specimens were taken. The complex genetics regarding this type of aberration is not com- pletely understood by the writer; but it is felt that a report of such a specimen should be a matter of record, perhaps helping to contribute to information concerning the frequency and distribution of such a form. I would like to thank Harry CLeNcH of the Carnegie Museum and Prof. A. B. Kuots of the American Museum of Natural History for their interest expressed in this specimen and the encouragement for this article. Special thanks to P. StvireR SmitH of Birmingham, England, for his suggestion of the microscopic examination of the structure of the colorless scales and the observed results. Also the information that this may be the rare form “alba” (Tutt), although this form name is apparently not well known to general collectors in this country. LeLaNnp L. Martin, 409 Herrick Ave., West, Wellington, Ohio, U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 61 LARVAL NOTES ON CHLOSYNE LACINIA AND C. CALIFORNICA On 8 Sept. 1961 a few larve of Chlosyne lacinia Geyer were found among a larval colony of Chlosyne californica Wright, apparently at home in this communal association. The few orange caterpillars of lacinia were conspicuous among the dark californica larve. At the time, colonies of C. californica in various instars were plentiful on Desert Sunflower, Viguiera deltoidea var. parishii in Sentenac Canyon on Highway 78, ten miles northeast of Julian, San Diego County, Cali- fornia. However, these few lacinia caterpillars were found only in one gregarious assemblage of perhaps a hundred fourth instar californica larvee. The butterflies were reared out by WiLt1amM HeEnces; hence iden- tification is confirmed. Chlosyne lacinia is not common in San Diego County although con- ditions appear quite favorable for it in Borrego Valley. Normally the caterpillars prefer Helianthus annuus, and can be found in large quanti- ties in the fall in Imperial Valley on roadside patches of sunflowers. This record on Viguiera deltoidea probably represents a new host plant record. | Chlosyne californica on the other hand is one of the dominant species of the desert canyons of this area whenever rainfall is favorable, and the butterflies appear in large numbers at times. The caterpillars accom- modate readily to Helianthus annuus in captivity but I have never ob- served them on anything but Desert Sunflower in nature. FreD THORNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., E] Cajon, Calif., U. 8. A. TWO NEW FOODPLANTS OF SOUTHWESTERN SATURNIIDA& The hosts of Agapema galbina anona Ottol. and Citheronia splendens Druce were discovered September 1 and 2, 1961, in Brown’s Canyon of the Baboquivari Mountains of Pima Co., Arizona. While making a detailed search for Rothschildia jorulla cinctus Tepper, I quite accidentally came upon a Cluster of cocoons of A. galbina anona. The host is a species of Lycium, which is a very thorny, sparsely-leaved shrub. Previously I had spent considerable time trying to locate the moth in its known areas of occurence in the Santa Rita and Santa Catalina mountains without success. Once the precise foodplant was determined I was able to find the cocoons in considerable numbers. — 62 FIELD NOTES Vol.16: no.1 The cocoons are spun in a cluster towards the center of the shrub, being completely surrounded by dense thorns. This affords excellent protection from birds and rodents. The clusters frequently contain more than a dozen cocoons. The gregarious larvae must sometimes completely defoliate the host. I collected cocoons along the canyon’s slopes, which are hotter and drier than the canyon’s floor, where the cocoons can also be found. The adults fly in November and early December and are usually taken at “black light”. Lycium, where found, is common, but it does not seem to be as widespread as are other common plants of the area. Lycium grows in association with various cacti, agave, acacia, mesquite and ocotillo, but it is frequently missing from habitats containing these plants. A mature larva of Citheronia splendens was taken on wild cotton, Gossypium thurberi. This plant grows along canyon streams and in other moist situations. This striking larva had evidently completed its full growth on the plant. It pupated in mid-September. C. splendens is also reported to feed on walnut trees which grow throughout the mountain ranges. The species flies in July. Rosert D. WeEast, 4818 Seneca St., Des Moines 10, Iowa, U. S. A. ADOPCEA LINEOLA (HESPERIIDAE) NOW ALSO IN NORTHERN ONTARIO On July 9, 1960, the author observed on a roadside near Sudbury, Ont. (Richard Lake), a skipper which looked to him like Adopeea lineola. It was, however, then not possible to secure the specimen. On July 16, 1961, the first specimen of Adopeea lineola was quite accidentally caught about 300 yards away from the spot of the 1960 occurrence by JOHN Dencuuck, a Sudbury High School student interested in Lepidoptera and accompanying the author on a field trip. This brought the indisput- able proof that this little skipper is extending its range now into northern Ontario. On July 17, 1961, the author took a second specimen and this at the spot where the species was observed a year ago. It certainly will be interesting to see at which rate Adopeea lineola, which is now still quite rare, will increase in coming years. The specimens are in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History in New York. J. C. E. Riorre, 278 Bathurst St., Toronto 2-B, Ont., CANADA 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 63 MIGRATION OF NYMPHALIS CALIFORNICA IN WASHINGTON (NYMPHALID®) During the week of July 16 to 22, 1961, an immense migration of the butterfly Nymphalis californica was noted in the high mountain country of the State of Washington. Reports indicate that on all the major mountain passes in the state this butterfly was in such great numbers as to slow traffic and clog radiator grills. The greatest numbers were observed at an altitude between 3500 ft. and 4000 ft. although reports have been received of observations up to at least the 5000 ft. level. This area, at least in the eastern part of Washington, is at about the upper level of the Transition Zone or even the lower part of the Canadian Zone. Yellow Pine, fir, Western Larch, spruce, Jack Pine, poplar, alder, willow, and aspen abound in this area and in the open spaces wild lilac, spirea, and Buck Brush (Ceanothus thyrsiflorus) are in bloom then. On a trip from Oroville to Spokane on July 16, we first saw this butter- fly swarming in a large sunlit rock cut on the summit of the pass be- tween Disautel and Nespelem at about 9:30 in the morning. This pass is on Washington state highway 10A. There were mud puddles at the edge of the road and many butterflies were drinking or resting on the ground along the side of the road. There were many dead and feeble ones on the ground but we were unable to determine the cause, whether from the passing cars, fatigue, disease, or some other cause. There did not seem to be any predators or parasites bothering them at the time. We took pictures and gathered specimens at this time and noted that taking them was much easier than is normal. Having no net we merely picked them up from the road side. Their flight was abnormally feeble. On the return trip on July 20, over Sherman Creek Pass on State Highway 3P we took specimens, although at that time the flight was not nearly so great as it had been early in the week. I have reports of this butterfly in great numbers on other passes and mountain country in the State of Washington. They were seen on Blewett Pass on July 17, in the Tiffany Lake area of the Okanogan National Forest west of Omak Wash on July 23, and in the Lost Lake and Bonaparte Lake area east of Chesaw, Wash., and north of Wauconda, Wash., at various times during the same week. On July 24, we returned to the Republic and Swan Lake vicinity and could find no trace of the butterflies. From this fact I believe that this was a migration rather than a large hatch, I was unable to determine in which direction they were migrating. Westey H. Rocers, Route 1, Oroville, Wash., U. Sik 64 Vol.16: no.1 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of FRED T. THORNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., El Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) COLLECTING CENEIS NEVADENSIS (SATYRINAZ) AND OTHER GENERA ON VANCOUVER ISLAND, WITH A THEORY TO ACCOUNT FOR HILLTOPPING by RicHarp Guppy ! The discussion on “hilltopping” butterflies, which has somewhat died out in recent years, was in 1960 revived in my mind by a rather good season for CEneis nevadensis. This butterfly is by all accounts the most inveterate hilltopper in this part of the world. The spot in which I collect most of my CE. nevadensis Felder is actually the top of a ridge, rising quite steeply up from the seashore. It is by a rough estimate, perhaps 500 ft. high. On the landward side the slope is much more gentle; from my home it takes me about ten minutes to walk to the top of the ridge, although the ascent from this point is probably no more than 200 to 300 ft. The butterflies are found always along a short stretch of the ridge, about 50 yards altogether, which I suppose must be the highest point. This area is divided into three “compartments’, small clearings separated by clumps of Arbutus and stunted Douglas Firs. In 1960, for about two weeks in the latter part of June, I could almost depend on finding each of these compartments occupied by a male CE. nevadensis, which when collected, would be replaced by the following day. If it were not for their stubborn insistence on staying in their chosen small area, these butterflies would not be easy game by any means. With most of the more active and wary butterflies, a missed swipe means that the insect will clear out in a hurry, and give the collector no second chance. But these hilltop CG£neis will circle repeatedly; often the collector is able to get in five or six successive tries, and even if he finally frightens the butterfly off, only a little patience is needed; in ten minutes or so it will be back. : These hilltop CEneis are all males. Females I very seldom find, and always in localities at some distance from where the males like to disport themselves. Having considered all this evidence, I have arrived at the conclusion that this hilltopping business is simply a means by which the males and females are brought together. The problem of finding mates 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 65 that are other than siblings, must trouble most insects, and it must be admitted that not all solve the difficulty by hilltopping. Among butter- flies some, notably the Lyczenidze, would not meet with the problem, be- cause they tend to form colonies, which remain in one small area, where the necessary host plant is plentiful. In spite of these objections, it seems certain that, in the case of species that wander a great deal, some instinct that would draw all newly emerged individuals towards a central point would serve them in good stead. Suppose that every (Eneis, on emerging, is possessed of an urge to fly uphill. The males, which are always on the wing before the females, will become concentrated at certain high spots. The females will then begin to arrive at these meeting places. It is a known fact that the be- haviour pattern of a female insect may change after mating. We can suppose then that since the female CFneis, on reaching a hilltop, will immediately meet a male, she will shortly lose her uphill instinct, which will be replaced by an urge to search for a suitable place for oviposition. The strongest support for this part of my theory lies in the fact that, if females did not fly up to the hilltops, the males which persisted in staying there would get no mates. That being so, natural selection would inevit- ably eradicate the habit. The short stay necessary for the females to com- plete business and move on would mean that a collector could easily miss seeing them, if he were in the habit of stopping only long enough to collect any males in residence at the time. An interesting aspect of the problem, for which I have no good ex- planation, is the way in which males can establish and hold a territory. On most peaks, only one is present at a given time, unless there is quite a plateau, in which case several will remain about 50 yards apart. At that distance they apparently cannot see one another. The tree clumps on my ridge, by screening the butterflies from sight of one another, allow three males to occupy quite a small area. When a male comes into a rival's territory, the two flutter around each other for a time, then one, which I cannot say of course is always the trespasser, will clear off out of sight. Why it should do so it is difficult to say, since the other male obviously cannot hurt it. But the utility of the system is evident. Each male is under the necessity of investigating every butterfly which comes into its range of vision, in case it should prove to be a female of his species. Two males remaining continuously in sight of one another, would create an intoler- able situation. 7 It seems probable that some species that are not hilltoppers use the rendezvous system, although with these the means by which the meeting place is selected remains a mystery. I know of spots near my home where, 66 Guppy: (Cneis hilltopping Vol.16: no.1 year after year during the correct season, I can go each day to collect the current male Limenitis lorquini Bdv., which will be replaced each time just as are the CEneis males on the ridge. But these Limenitis spots have, so far as I can make out, absolutely nothing to set them apart from the rest of the scenery. They are not at the tops of hills, but often on a slope. While on the subject of hilltoppers, I would like to add some further information that has come to light, regarding our other inveterate hill- topper, Papilio zelicaon Luc. In this journal (Vol.7: 43-44; 1953) I stated that on Mt. Arrowsmith there were no suitable host plants for P. zelicaon, and that to reach the summit from the nearest stand of umbelliferous plants, they would have to fly about five miles over, or through, dense forest. In 1960, while on my annual collecting trip to Mt. Arrowsmith, I noticed a butterfly of this species, behaving in a suspicous manner. So certain was I that it was engaged in oviposition, that after an un- successful attempt to collect it, I returned to examine what had appeared to be a patch of rocks supporting a few lichens and mosses. Close ex- amination revealed a number of tiny plants, just coming into bud. So small were they, and so closely appressed to the rock, that any one of them could have been hidden by a silver dollar, yet in the aggregate there were enough to feed several P. zelicaon larve. I took home a sample, and in water the buds opened into tiny yellow umbels. They were undoubtedly a species of Lomatium, very probably L. martindalei C.& R. I could find no ova on any of the plants, but it is, after all, im- material whether the butterfly was ovipositing or not. By looking as if it were laying eggs, it had led me to discover on Mt. Arrowsmith an um- belliferous plant which I had not noticed before, and which certainly could account for the presence of P. zelicaon in the vicinity. \ R. R. 1, Wellington, B. C.,. CANADA The artist who prepared the figure for the front cover for Volume 16 is again WiLL1AM Vars, of Yale University. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 67 COLLECTING IS STILL GOOD IN THE NORTHWEST by E. J. NEwcoMER The increasing use of insecticides and herbicides in the West, the construction of dams and super highways, the occurrence of forest fires, all are reducing the good collecting areas for the lepidopterist. But many very rewarding areas remain, and will continue to exist for many years. Instinctively the butterfly collector looks for open places — natural meadows, gravel-storage areas, railroad rights-of-way, abandoned highways, skiing slopes. For the combination of sunlight and the numer- ous flowering plants that grow in such areas are very attractive to butterflies. It is my purpose here to describe three such places that I have found to be very productive. 1. Skookum Meadow. Looking at a road map of Oregon, I became curious about the Walker Rim, a mountainous area in the Fremont National Forest just east of U. S. Highway 97 and about 50 miles south of Bend. A “rim” is the same as an escarpment, a steep slope caused by an ancient upthrust of the land. So I went up there. On top, the land levelled off toward the east, the soil was mostly pumice, making driving easy, but covered with a thick growth of Lodge-pole Pine, under which practically nothing grows. A worse place for butterflies can hardly be imagined. But the Forest Service map had shown some meadows. So I pushed on. Suddenly, the trees opened up and here was a gem of a meadow, a half mile long and a couple of hundred yards wide, covered with flowers, and literally swarming with butterflies. I could hardly believe it. Collecting in this meadow for less than three hours, I found I had 100 specimens, after discarding the poor ones, and they added up to 33 species. Commonest was Phyciodes campestris and it was a_ pest, at times being mistaken for something else. Then came Euphydryas editha and then Cercyonis ctus. Next to these in abundance I would put the Speyeria, and Paut Grey has identified six species for me: coronis ssp., zerene near conchyliatus, callippe ssp., egleis unnamed ssp., hydaspe, and mormonia, the latter perhaps erinna. There were nine species of lycaenids, the most interesting one being Plebejus shasta. Scarcest was Danaus plexippus, a single specimen of which was being 68 Newcomer: Collecting in Northwest Vol.16: no.1 hustled and harried all over the meadow by a frantic and frazzled fritillary, which Paut tells me is S. callippe. There were a few clouds in the sky and when the sun got behind one of them the Speyeria disappeared. I soon found where they were, spread out flat on a barren sandbank facing the sun, soaking up as much heat as they could. As soon as the sun came out, back they went to the blossoms. There was a very noticeable number of dwarfed specimens in this meadow — Boloria, Euphydryas, Cercyonis, Phyciodes and some of the lyczenids. Could this be the result of not enough food or perhaps of inbreeding in this isolated place? This meadow is not shown on the forest map, — it is too small. But I have named it Skookum Meadow, because it is just south of Skookum Butte, which is on the map, and because in the Chinook Indian language “skookum” means “mighty good.” The elevation is 5200 feet. I collected here late in July and am curious to see what it will yield a month earlier. 2. Satus Ski Area. This is near Highway 97 also, but in Washington between Toppenish and Goldendale. It is part of the Brooks Memorial State Park. The latter is a few miles south of Satus Pass, but to get to the ski slope you must turn off the highway right at the pass and go west for a couple of miles. A considerable area has been cleared and is now growing up to flowers, grass and low shrubs. The top of the slope is perhaps 500 feet higher than the bottom and the average elevation is about 3700 feet. Because range cattle sometimes graze the slope, it is not always good. But an area of seepage at the bottom is worth looking at, and Speyeria may be found in season on a patch of dogbane (Apocynum) just above the lodge. Because time is important as well as place, this area does not yield much in June. But here, on a July day in 1960, I collected 30 species. Altho not as numerous as at Skookum Meadow, many were plentiful. Notable were five species of Speyeria, the same basic ones as at Skookum Meadow, except for egleis, but the subspecies were different; also Euphydryas colon and editha, Chlosyne palla (whitneyi and sterope), and hoffmanni manchada, all past their prime; nine species of lyceenids; and CEneis nevadensis. DAN CaRNEY took CEn. chryxus here a few days earlier, but I did not find it. The great popularity of skiing has opened up slopes like this one in many places and collectors would do well to examine them. No skiers will crash into you while you are doing it. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 69 3. Bear Canyon. West of Yakima, in Washington, the Tieton River comes down from Rimrock Lake and combines with the Naches River, both carrying the precious stored-up melted snow that makes the Yakima Valley so rich agriculturally. Collecting is not especially good along either river. But go 8 or 10 miles up the Tieton and if you look sharply, you will see a narrow forest road going into the hills to the right. This is an old logging road going up Bear Canyon, and maintained for access in case of fire. There is a small stream coming down the canyon, but the Forest Service refers to this as a canyon rather than a creek, probably because there are already two other Bear Creeks in Yakima County. And this is a canyon, narrow, with steep sides,—in many places there is just room for the creek and the road. The sun shines down into it much of the day, there are a few small side ravines, and every- where there are flowers,—asters, spireea, pentstemon, Eriogonum, yarrow, Erigeron, mallow, Mimulus, Senecio, Erysimum, Arnica, lupines, and the little Woolly Sunflower ( Eriophyllum) which is especially attractive to butterflies. Here, in a stretch of about three miles, with an average elevation of 2500 feet, is a butterfly paradise. Collecting is good from May to August. And here on a July day, Dr. A. I. Goop, of Ohio, and I took what is so far a record for me — 36 species. They are worth listing: Papilio eurymedon P. rutulus P. multicaudatus Colias occidentalis Pieris rapzx P. protodice P. beckeri Caenonympha tullia Cercyonis pegala C. sthenele Speyeria cybele leto S. callippe semivirida S. coronis simztha S. hydaspe sakuntala Chlosyne_ palla Phyciodes muylitta P. campestris Polygonia satyrus Nymphalis antiopa N. californica Limenitis lorquini Satyrium behrii S. sepium S. californica Strymon melinus Lyceena heteronea L. nivalis L. helloides Plebejus acmon P. icarioides Heliopetes ericetorum Pholisora catullus Erynnis persius E. icelus Hesperia juba Ochlodes_ sylvanoides 70 NewcomMer: Collecting in Northwest Vol.16: no.1 In addition to these, 26 other species have been taken at other times in Bear Canyon. They are: Parnassius smintheus Callophrys eryphon Papilio indra C. fotis P. zelicaon C. augustinus (iroides ) Colias eurytheme C. spinetorum Anthocaris sara Plebejus melissa Euchloe ausonides Glaucopsyche lygdamus Neophasia menapia Everes amyntula (Eneis nevadensis Celastrina argiolus Chlosyne hoffmanni Apodemia mormo Euphydryas colon Pyrgus communis E. editha Erynnis propertius Nymphalis cardui Thorybes pylades Polygonia zephyrus Amblyscirtes vialis Thus a total of at least 62 species occur in this small area, of the 100 so far found in Yakima County. Two species were especially abundant in June 1961. These were Chlosyne hoffmanni and Lyczna_ nivalis. Heliopetes ericetorum was numerous in 1960, the caterpillars feeding in the bush mallow, but scarce in 1961. Papilio indra and multicaudata are always scarce, and Neophasia menapia and Apodemia mormo were taken there for the first time in August 1961, altho I have been collecting in this canyon for four seasons. There are many other good collecting places in the Northwest: — in Oregon, the Ochoco and Maury Mountains in Crook Country, Tomb- stone and Lost Prairies in Linn County, the resort area around Bachelor Butte in Deschutes County, Diamond Lake in Douglas County, and Summit Prairie east of Lakeview; in Washington, Mt. Spokane, O’Brien Creek near Republic, the Blue Mountains, some of the forest lookouts in Yakima County, many places in Okanogan County, and some western Washington places; in northern Idaho, the higher elevations in the Priest River Experiment Station in Bonner County, and of course many others. But the three described above have been the best. Forest Service people are always happy to help with suggestions, with advice about roads, and with maps of their forests. 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 71 EDWIN PAUL MEINERS (1893-1960) We regret to report the death on October 28, 1960 of the veteran entomologist and physician Dr. Epwin Paut MEINERS of St. Louis, Missouri. Dr. Mrrners was a Charter Member and long a. Sustaining Member of the Lepidopterists’ Society and contributed several articles to the pages of the Lepidopterists’ News (see biblicgraphy at the end 12 Meiners Obituary Vol.16: no.1 of this obituary). From early boyhood he was an ardent lepidopterist and continued this interest until his death. EpwIN MEINERS was born in Troy, Illinois, on February 11, 1893. His grandfather emigrated to America in 1849 and came first to St. Louis, later locating in Troy, a small town of about 2000, where he remained for the rest of his life. He owned and operated the White Horse Tavern which became famous as a stopping place in the stage coach days when the old National Road was the main artery of travel between the East and the West. Epwin’s father, FREDERICK MEINERS, Jr., was born and raised in Troy and continued the family business which expanded into the Central Hotel. His mother was Exiza Prarr and he was the oldest of five children born to WitL1AM and Exiza MEINers. He is survived by three brothers. In a detailed and careful autobiography and family genealogy which EDWIN MEINERS wrote a few years before his death, he says of his father: “His life exhibited very markedly the characteristics of the German as we are wont to think of him in the days when he was loved by all; non- aggressive, modest Hanoverian Teuton, a sincere lover of home and children and all the comforts of life as best summed up and expressed in the German “Gemiitlichkeit”. His devotion to his children was very deep. The days of my childhood that have left their deepest impression cn my mind and character, that today remain the fondest of memories, were those spent in the company of my father. It was his guiding hand although untutored, that first pointed out the beauties of nature to me. It was he who aided me in the problems of gathering and preserving my natural history history specimens, who helped me in my work and play.” I would like to say here that many of the endearing qualities which Dr. MEINERs attributed to his father were also manifested in large measure by him. In addition there was a deep scholarliness and absolute integrity which caused me to recommend his services whenever a friend asked me for the name of an honest physician. Dr. MEINERS received his medical training in St. Louis and interned at St. Luke’s Hospital. While still an intern he was the first to develop a method of injection of intravenous glucose to combat post-operative shock. Thereafter it became a regular procedure in the treatment of shock. In World War I he served in Nashville, Tennessee, with the United States Public Health Service. While at St. Luke’s Hospital he met and married Liww1an Mar McGrmsey, who survives him. Children of this marriage are Dr. Epwin Pau MeErners, Jr., Dr. THEODORE M. ME ners, and Mrs. Mary EvizaBeTH BoucHNov. There are twelve grand- children living. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ~I Loy) Epwin Merners always felt keenly that St. Louis, whose metropolitan area has a population well over one million, could and should support a genuine natural history museum comparable to those in other large cities of the country, where the student could go to consult study collections and carry on biological research. It was his great ambition to see this established, but he died without seeing his dream realized. This was his great disappointment. In his efforts to arouse support for a museum he was a member of several embryo scientific clubs and of societies in St. Louis, some of which had brief histories: the Heink Entomological Club, the St. Louis Entomological Club, the Webster Groves Nature Study Society, the Greater St. Louis Museum of Natural History, the St. Louis Naturalists’ Club. and the Academy of Science of St. Louis. He was one of the organizers in 1934 of the Entomology Section of the Academy, which flourished for about ten years. Members of this section, many of whom have since published significent con- tributions on entomology were: O. ZreELinski, RICHARD FROESCHNER, L. Prnxus, E. D. BUEKER, WENDELL SHAY, Huco Press, Martin Gorpon, Harotp O'Byrne, Puit Rav, P. S. and C. L. Remincton. Writing of these meetings MEINERS says: “One night Suay electrified us by appear- ing rather late loaded down with a two foot long setting board and two quart jars filled with the most wonderful moths. He not only took our breath, but he broke up our meeting by offering to take those of us with him who were willing to go at this hour of the night and to share his discovery with him.” Dr. MEINERS was chairman of this section at different times. He also served the Academy as Curator, Librarian, Second Vice-president, Editor of the Bulletin, member of the Board of Directors. At one time a gift to the Academy gave it a very large brick residence, in a fine area of the city, which was turned into a museum. Dr. MEINERS organized and arranged the first insect exhibits, using much of his own collection. However, this effort eventually died out and the museum now maintained by the Academy is virtually a Childrens’ Museum. Dr. Merners felt that this was not the proper place for study collections and so he willed his fine collection of insects to the University of Missouri. It is now under the care of Dr. WitpurR Enns, who tells me that the collection consists of 330 boxes and drawers of Lepidoptera, 96 of Coleoptera, 13 of Hymenoptera, 15 of Orthoptera, and 38 of mis- cellaneous groups. A conservative estimate places the number of speci- mens at a total of 30,000 to 40,000. The collection is now in the Ento- mology Museum at the University of Missouri. In recent years Dr. Merners developed an interest in other branches of entomology besides Lepidoptera and made a good general collection 74 Meiners Obituary Vol.16: no-1 of the insects of Missouri as shown by the above items. His favorite — collecting haunts around St. Louis were Cliff Cave, Creve Coeur Lake, and especially Ranken, about which he wrote a fine article (Lepid. news 10: 163). He was greatly interested in the history of science and prepared excellent papers on outstanding Missouri entomologists. He collected all the published papers of Cuartes V. RILEY, first State Entomologist of Missouri, and of Mary V. Murrrevpt, an early lepidopterist of Kirk- wood. He owned a collection of letters and writings of early and con- temporary entomologists and a notable collection of rare books on entomology. This was purchased by the General Library of the University of Missouri. Part of the purchase price was used by his widow to estab- lish the Dr. E. P. Meiners Memorial Scholarship fund at the University. Mrs. Merners tells me that the Doctor was working at the time of his death on a book to be entitled “The Effect of Insects on Civilization.” An effort will be made to ascertain if some of the material in it can be published. Dr. MEINERS was regarded as an authority on medical entomology. He was certainly the dean of entomologists in St. Louis. His first love was always Lepidoptera. He was always willing to present interesting and scholarly papers on topics connected with butterflies and other in- sects. He wrote: “I spent about four hours one Sunday afternoon showing my collection and lecturing on entomology to a class of students from Harris Teachers College. I doubt whether any of the class had ever sat through a lecture that long!” He well recognized the importance of encouraging young people in the study of insects and several of the young men to whom he gave encouragement are now professional en- tomologists, including the Editor of this publication. He was a member of the American and Missouri Medical Societies, the Entomological Society of America and the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Just before he died he was instrumental in the starting of a new entomological society in St. Louis. Plans for this were continued after his death and the society took in his honor the name of The E. P. Meiners Entomological Society. The society has held monthly meetings under the chairmanship of Mr. Pinxus and is thriving. Dr. MEINERS will be remembered by his many friends for his unfailing kind efforts to help even the layman gain some understanding cf entomology and to show them his collection and encourage them to learn of the wonderful world of insects. He tried to give them an appreciation for the truly scientific viewpoint toward all matters biological. His name may be found in pos Passos forthcoming Check List 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 75 of the Nearctic Rhopalocera, for GuNpDER named an aberration of Strymon melinus and FieLtp named the spring form of Everes comyntas for him. Dr. MEINERS was not particularly proud of this, for he held that aberra- tions and forms should not be named. Indeed, he long felt that there were too many species names and believed that when the biology of Lepidoptera is better understood, many names will disappear into the synonomy. Many pleasant evenings were spent by this writer in Dr. MEINERS’ study or in mine as we chatted about insects. On one occasion I recall saying to him a little facetiously: “Doctor, you know the world thinks you and J are “nuts” to devote so much time and effort to collecting and studying bugs!” He replied, without the familiar twinkle in his eye: “Mr. REMINGTON, what the world is more “nuts” like you and me! There would be a lot less tension and trouble in the world if this were so.” BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLICATIONS BY E. P. MEINERS 1936a. Notes on Papilio asterius Cram. and a record of var. americus Kollar. Ent. news 47: 269. 1936b. The dimorphic blue female of Everes comyntas Godt. Annals ent. soc. Amer. 29: 620-621. 1939. The life history of Euchloe olympia Edwards with some notes on its habits. Proc. Missouri acad. sci. 4: 154-156. 1941. Obituaries of Hermann Schwarz, George W. Bock, August Knetzger, Charles L. Heink, and Vitae Kite. Ent. news 52: 118-120. 1948a. Brief biographies. 12. George Hazen French (1841-1935). Lepid. news 2: AQ. 1948b. Brief biographies. 14. George Duryea Hulst (1846-1900). Lepid. news 2: 6G. 1948c. Brief biographies. 15. Mary Esther Murtfeldt (1839-1913. Lepid. news 24593 SF 1948d. Book reviews and obituary note [Phil Rau]. Lepid. news 2: 43, 55, 62. 1949. A brief history of lepidopterology in Missouri. Lepid. news 3: 51-52. 1951. Harold I. O’Byrne (1898-1951) [Obituary]. Lepid. news 5: 11-12. 1953. The Languriide and Erotylide (Coleoptera) of Missouri with notes and keys. Journ. Kansas ent. soc. 26: 18-25. [With R. C. Froeschner.] 1956. Lepidoptera collecting at Ranken, Missouri. Lepid. news 10: 163-168. P. SHELDON REMINGTON 12 Country Meadow Lane, Box 612, R.R.1, St. Louis 41, Mo., U. S. A. 76 Vol.16: no.1 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be called to Dr. BELLINGER’s attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, new species and sub- species are noted, with type localities if given in print. Larval foodplants are usually listed. Critical comments by abstractors may be made. Papers of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Readers, not in North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. BELLINGER (Dept. of Natural Sciences, San Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, Calif., U. S. A.). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.] —P. F. Bectuincer [W.H.] — W. Hackman [N.O.] — N. S. Osraztsov [..C.] —I. F. B. Common [T.].] — Taro Iwast [C.R.] — C. L. RemincTon [W.C.] — W. C. Coox [J.M.] —J. Moucua [J.T.] —J. W. Titpen [A.D.] — A. DrtaKonorFr [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe [P.V.] —P. BL. Views B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Marion, H., “Contribution a étude des Pyralide de Madagascar” [in French]. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, sér. E, vol.5: pp.39-62, 1 pl, 14 figs. 1954. Contribution to the study of the Madagascar pyralids. Describes as new (from Ankaratra Mt. unless another type locality is given): Ancylolomia auripaleella; PRODUCTALIUS, & type P. tritzniellus; ANGUSTALIUS, & type A. ditzniellus; Tegulifera herbulotalis (Tananarive), T. sanguinalis (Tananarive); Obtusipalpis rubricostalis (Tananarive); EUPHYCIODES (type _ species: albotessulalis Mabille); Nacoleia pulveralis (Tananarive); Sylepta pauperalis; Diaphana viettealis (Tananarive), D. toulgoetalis (Tananarive), D. ankaratralis; Ischnurges paulianalis; Trigonuncus flavopunctalis; Pachyzancla ultratrinalis;s MEGATAR- SODES (type species: baltealis Mabille); Argyractis ambahonalis;s AMBAHONA, & type A. fusconebulis. [P. V.] Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustidze de la faune frangaise” [in French]. Rev. frane. Lépid., vol.14: pp.123-128, 1 pl; pp.181-188, 221-227, 16 figs.; vol.15: pp.41-58, 24 figs. 1954-55. Revision of the Pyraustide of the French fauna. The author begins with long comments on the history of the classification, the taxonomic categories and the morphological structures. The group of pyralids is divided by Marion into: Crambidze, Pyraustide, Acentropidz, Pyralide, Phycitide, and Galleriide. The subfamilies of the Pyraustide are Scopariina, Nymphuline, Schcenobiinze, Pyraustinze, Evergestinee. The author starts with the Acentropide; Schcenobiinzee and Scopariine (with two tribes: Scopariini and Cybalomiini) follow. Keys for families, subfamilies, tribes, genera, and species are given. Study to continue. [P. V.] Marion, H., “Complement & la classification et nomenclature des Pyraustide d'Europe” [in French]. Entomologiste, vol.13: pp.129-130. “1957” [1958]. The two European spp. palustris Hbn. & nubilalis Hbn. should be placed in the genus Ostrinia Hbn. which has priority over Micractis W. Warren. [P. V.] Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustide de France” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.1: pp.15-22, 2 pls. 1959. Continuation of the revision of the French pyraustids. Here the genus Scoparia is begun. [P. V.] Marion, H., “Classification et nomenclature des Pyraustide d’Enrope” [in French]. Entomologiste, vol.15: pp.44-45. 1959. Nomenclatorial note about the genus Epicorsia Hbn. and the new genus PARACORSIA (type species: repandalis Den. & ‘Schitt.)= URs Val 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society a. Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustide de France (suite)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.1: pp.103-110, 1 pl. 1959. Continuation. Description of the genus HYPERLAIS (Scopariine, Cybolomiini; type species: Hypolais siccalis Gn.). [P. V.] Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustide de France (suite)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.1: pp.175-182, 1 pl. 1960. Continuation; conclusion of Nymphuline, beginning of Evergestine, & complementary notes on Scopariine. Describes as new Scoparia cembre pfeifferi (Alps, Savoie, Peisey-Nancroix). [P. V.] Marquant, R. M., “Une nouvelle race de Parnassius apollo Linné: P. apollo race ossalensis mihi” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol.27: pp.51-52. 1959. New subspecies described from central Pyrenees, Col. d’Aubisque, alt. 1700m. PRA Vel Mell, R., “Zur Geschichte der ostasiatischen Lepidopteren. I. Die Hebung Zentralasiens, das westchinesische Refugium zentralosiatischer Abkémmlinge und die Verbreitungsachse Sikkim/Kashiaberge—Zentralformosa (Achse V). Beitrage zur Fauna sinica XXV” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N. F., vol.5: pp.185-213, 11 figs. 1958. Describes as new: (Sphingide) Clanis obscura (Kuatun); Rhagastis albomarginatus sauteri (Taihorin, Formosa); (Bombycidze ) THEOPHOBA (type not selected; genus includes Andraca albilunata), T. pendulans (Lungtaoshan, 800 m., N. Kuangtung); Ocinara diaphragma (Mahntsishan, N. Kuangtung), O. d. formosa (Shis, central Formosa); (Eupterotide) Ganisa longipennata (Kuatun, NW Fukien); (Notodontide) Andraca olivacens (Kuatun); (Acronictine ) Trisuloides klapperichii (Kuatun); (Saturniide) Antherzea yamamai titan (Kuatun). A very diffuse discussion of faunal origins in central Asia, illustrated principally by Sphingidze, Saturniide, and some other families of Lepidoptera. The paper is marred throughout by the presentation of probabilities or possibilities as certainties; for example, the author’s statements of the geographic origins of genera unknown as fossils, and designation of species known from single specimens as “double-brooded” or “obligatorily single-brooded”. [P. B.] von Mentzer, Erik, “Erebia calcarius Lork. ssp. tridentina, ssp. nova (Lep., Satyridz )” lin German]. Ent. Tidskr., vol.79: pp.6-10, 5 figs. 1958. Described from Lago Nambino, 1800 m., Venezia Tridentina, Italy. Discusses systematic position of E. calcarius. [P. B.] von Mentzer, Erik, “Ueber die Spezifizitat von Erebia neleus Frr. und Erebia aquitania Frhst. (Lep. Satyride)” [in German]. Ent. Tidskr., vol.81: pp. 77-90, 4 pls., 8 figs. 1960. Carefully distinguishes these 2 spp. on material from Mt. Blanc region, pointing out differences in habit & genitalia. Notes on application of names in this difficult group. & on E. tyndarus & E. cassioides (sensu Warren) from the same locality. [P. B.] ~Moucha, Josef, “Pieris napi L. und Pieris bryoniz O. im Vihorlat-Gebirge (Lep. Pieride )” [in German; Czech summary]. Acta ent. Mus. nationalis Prage, vol.32: pp.91-100. 1958. The pooulation of P. bryoniz from Vihorlat Mts. (E. Slovakia ) is described. [J. M.] Munroe, Eugene, “Hampson’s Schcenobiinz (Lepidoptera: Pyralide).” Proc. 10th internat. Congr. Ent., vol.l: pp.301-302. 1958. Redefines subfamily and _ lists included genera, those which must be transferred to other subfamilies, and some of uncertain position. Sinks Neobanepa aglossides to Pyralopsis peruviensis. Erects new subfamily MIDILINZ, for genera Midilo (=Singamia, Tetraphana), Cacographis, Gonothyris, Dismidilo; Hositea. Discusses relationships of several groups of Pyralidae. [P. B.] Musgrave, A., “Some butterflies of Australia and the Pacific. Family Danaide— danaids II.” Austral. Mus. Mag., vol.9: pp.309-314, 9 figs. 1948. Discussion of Tellervo and species groups of Euplaa; some figures & descriptive notes. [P. B.] Norman, T., “A new butterfly from Assam.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.55: pp.180-181, 1 fig. 1958. Describes as new Ypthima cantliei (Margherita, upper Assam). [P. B.] 78 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.1 D. VARIATION AND GENETICS Bernardi, G., “Le polymorphisme et le mimétisme de lHypolimnas dubia Palisot de Beauvois (Lep. Nymphalide)” [in French]. Ann. Soc. ent. France, vol.128: pp.141-158, 2 pls. 1959. Study on the polymorphism and mimicry of this nymphalid in Africa and Madagascar. [P.V.] Boursin, Ch., “Note au sujet de l’article de M. Yves de Lajonquiére, ‘Deux formes nouvelles de lépidoptéres hétérocéres’” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.28: p.151. 1959. 2 form of Scotia crassa named by de Lajonquiére was pre- viously named by Wagner. [P.V.] Bowden, S. R., “Sexual mosaics in Pieris.” Lepid. News, vol.12: pp.7-13, 1 fig. 1958. Bowden, S. R., “Yellow-green larve of Pieris napi L.” Entomologist, vol.91: pp.110- 111. 1958. Simple recessive mutant. [P.B.] F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Kalshoven, L. G. E., “Twee soorten cacaomot in Nederland” [in Dutch; English summary]. Cacao, Chocolade en Suikerwerken, vol.22: no.10: 14 pp. 1954. Biology of Ephestia cautella & E. elutella in stored cacao. [P. B.] Kasy, F., “Die Raupe von Gnophos stevenaria Bsd. (Lepidoptera, Geometride )” [in German; Serbocroatian summary]. Fragm. balcanica, vol.1: pp.115-116. 1954. Describes larva, reared on Prunus spinosa. [P. B.] Kasy, F., “Kleinschmetterlingsraupen als Bewohner der von der Weidenholzgall- miuicke (Helicomyia saliciperda Duf.) befallenen Weidendste und -stammchen” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. osterr. und schweizer Ent., vol.6 (Sonderheft 1954): pp.1-4. 1955. Notes on biology of Euzophera bigella, Laspeyresia legum- inana, L. corollana, Stenolechia albiceps, Chrysoclysta bimaculella, Trochilium vespiforme; all reared from Salix branches stimulated to luxuriant growth by attack of a gall midge. [P. B.] Kasy, F., Uber die Jugendstadium und Bionomie von Athetis lepigone Moeschl. (Lep., Agrot.)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.289-297, 17 figs.; vol.42: pp.4-5. 1956, 1957. Describes early stages & phenology; larva poly- phagous (numerous plants tested & preferences recorded); young larve refused fresh leaves of Taraxacum but ate dead leaves. [P. B.] Kasy, F., “Neues tiber Chondrosoma fiduciarium Anker” [in German]. Ent. Nach- richtenbl., Vienna, vol.4, no.4: pp.1-2. 1957. Describes habitat; notes on biology. Pupa susceptible to dessication, but can also take up water from damp soil. Larvz fed on Taraxacum, Lactuca, Solidago, & Achillea. [P. B.] Kato, Akira, “Hibernation of Colias hyale poliographus Motschulsky ( Pieridz )” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.4, no.13: pp.18-19. 1951. Pupal hibernation sug- gested. [T. I.] Kauffman, Guido, “Beobachtungen tiber die ersten stande einiger alpiner Pyrginze” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.65: pp.23-28. 1954. Notes on early stages of Pyrgus cacalizx, P. carling, P. malvoides, & P. alvenus. [P. B.] Kawada, Akira, “Key to the pupz of Saturnide” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.2: pp.23-26, 13 figs. 1952. Kawada, Akira, “Key to the pupx of Sphingide” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.o: pp.39-47, 83 figs. 1952. Kawazoe, Akito, “On the eggs and the young caterpillars of Melitza diamina pro- tomedia Ménétries” [in Japanese; English summary]. Trans. lep. Soc. Japan, vol.7: pp.26-28, 4 figs. 1956. Describes & figures these stages; foodplant Patrinia scabio- sefolia. [P. B.] Keji, Joseph A., “Oviposition observations.’ Lepid. News, vol.5: p.69. 1951. Kelsey, J. M., “Imsects attacking tussock.” New Zealand Journ. Sci. Tech. (A), vol.38: pp.638-643. 1957. Of the fourteen species of Lepidoptera listed as pests eS 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 79 of New Zealand Tussock grasses (Festuca and Poa spp.) at altitudes of 1,500 to 4,500 ft., species of Crambus, Persectania, & Leucania are stated to be the most important. [I. C.] Kelsey, J. M., “Virus sprays for control of Pieris rape L.” New Zealand Journ. Sci. Tech. (A), vol.38: pp.644-646. 1957. Experiments to control P. rape in New Zea- land by spraying larve with suspensions of undetermined virus described. [I .C.] Kershaw, R. C., “Notes on the Army Worm.” Victorian Nat., vol.73: pp.76-77. 1956. Records larve of Persectania ewingii (Hadenine) attacking pear fruits on trees in West Tamar, Tasmania. [I. C.] Kershaw, S. H., “Phragmatobia fuliginosa L. 6 6 attracted by scent of 2 Panaxia dominula L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.219-220. 1953. Kettlewell, H. B. D., “A further case of similar assembling scents.” Entomologist, vol.88: p.19. 1955. Xanthorhoe montanata 6 4 to Q Biston betularia [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., “The breeding of Coscinia cribraria Linn.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.106-107. 1952. Kettlewell, H. B. D., “The pupation habits of Gonimabrasia tyrrhea Cram. (Lep. Saturniide ).” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.118-119. 1953. Larva of this South African sp. burrows into sand & pupates within larval skin. [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., “Brood size and dispersal in Biston betularia L. (Lepidoptera ).” Entomologist, vol.88: p.50. 1955. Reports 1100 pupe reared from single mating. Suggests that young larve disperse by silk ballooning, avoiding concentration; larve cryptic, not social. [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., “Xanthorhoe montanata and X. spadicearia assembling to females of Biston betularia.” Entomologist, vol.89: p.130. 1956. Suggests similarity in 2 scent. [P. B.] : Kettlewell, H. B. D., “Lithophane lapidea Hiibner (Lep. Noctuide) breeding in Britain.” Entomologist, vol.90: pp.1-8, 1 pl. 1957. Summarizes knowledge of early stages (foodplant Cupressus); discusses distribution & method of arrival in Britain (probable recent immigrant ). Kettlewell, H. B. D., “Lithophane lapidea Hubner (Lep.: Noctuide) breeding in Britain. A foreword.” Entomologist, vol.90: pp.285-286, 1 pl. 1957. Breeding notes & figures of larve. [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., E. A. Cockayne, & C. N. Hawkins, “Thalera fimbrialis Scopoli in England.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.305-308. 1953. Description of larva & pupa & account of larval habits; reared on Achillea millefolium. [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., & G. Haggett, “The life history of Hydracia hucherardi Mabille (Lep., Agrotide ).” Entomologist, vol.88: pp.217-223, 2 pls., 1 fig. 1955. Describes rearing in captivity; discovery of larvae & pupz in nature; & full-grown larva & pupa. Foodplant Althza officinalis. [P. B.] Khan, Mohammad Quadiruddin, “Note on life history and habits of castor-semi- loopers.” Proc. 33rd Indian Sci. Congr.: p.122. 1947. Abstract; on Achza janata, Paralellia algira. G. PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR Berger, Richard, “Fang der Birkeneule Brephos parthenias’ [in German]. Ent. Zeitschr., vol.69: pp.14-15. 1959. Notes on adult behavior. [P.B.] Bergerard, J., Ph. Dreux, & J. Fiszer, “Influence des ions alcalins et alcalino-terreux sur l’automatisme cardiaque de deux insectes: Gryllulus domesticus L. (adulte) et Galleria mellonella L. (Jarve)” {in French]. Arch. Sci. physiol., vol.4: pp.225-240, 5 figs. 1950. Bittner, Alfred, “Besonderheiten der Bewegungsformen der Wachsmotten als Beispiel fiir die Untersuchung von Insektenlaufspuren” [in German]. Naturwissenschaften, vol.46: p.119, 3 figs. 1959. Suggests that erratic running of Galleria & Achroia 80 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.J mimics dance of host bees and so protects moths. Movement studied by recording tracks. [P.B.] Blaustein, Mordecai P., & Howard A. Schneiderman, “The effect of barbituric acid and its analogues on the adult development of giant silkworms.” Anat. Rec., vol.132: p.415. 1958. Abstract; Callosamia & Antherea. Blaustein, Mordecai P., & Howard A. Schneiderman, “The effect of certain antimetabolites and hydrolytic enzymes on the adult development of giant silk- worms.” Anat. Rec., vol.132: p.416. 1958. Abstract; Callosamia promethea. Blest, A. D., “The evolution of protective displays in the Saturnioidea and Sphingide (Lepidoptera )” [in Englisiu; German summary]. Behaviour, vol.11: pp.257-307, 22 figs. 1957. Study of behavioral response to stimulation in adults of 35 satumiids and 6 sphingids. Behavior is classified and correlated with type of coloration. It is suggested that displays (but not cryptic behavior) evolved from preparatory flight movement. [P.B.] Blest, A. D., “Central control of interactions between behaviour patterns in a hemileucine moth.” Nature, vol.184: pp.1164-1165. In Automeris aurantiaca the duration of a rocking response to stimulation is proportional to the duration of a preceding flight. This relationship is not affected by suppression of afferent impulses (removal of parts of the body, destruction of sense organs), and must be controlled in the central nervous system. [P.B.] Bonnemaison, L., “Elimination de la diapause chez la noctuelle du chou (Mamestra Brassice L.) (Lep. Noctuide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.65: pp.73- 78, 4 figs. 1960. Reports experiments on the effects of specific low temperatures at specific durations in breaking diapause of pupz. [P.B.] I. MISCELLANY Brady, Philip, “Boarding house for butterflies.” Nature Mag., vol.51: pp.188-190, 3 figs. 1958. Report on establishment of Massachusetts Audubon Society at South Lincoln, for rearing and studying butterflies. [P.B.] Bruce, W. G., “Bible references to insects and other arthropods.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.4: pp.75-78. 1958. Includes references to caterpillars and moths. [P.B.] Christ], Ott, “Entomologische Forschungsarbeit in Linz’ [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.43: pp.187-206. 1958. Brief history of entomology of Linz, Austria, from time of Schiffermiller to present; list of publications of entomologists of Upper Austria since 1945. [P.B.] Collins, D. L., & D. P. Connola, “Some recent research on forest insects in New York State.” Proc. 10th internat. Congr. Ent., vol.4: pp.335-340, 1 map. 1958. Includes notes on research on lepidopterous pests, especially Malacosoma disstria. [P.B.] Dexter, Ralph W., “Packard’s final arrangement for publication of his monograph on the bombycine moths.” Lepid. News, vol.11: p.206. 1958. Fontes, Elena Martinez, & Juan Jose Parodis, Guia de Naturalista Sudamericanos. 138 pp., Buenos Aires. 1949. See notice in Lepid. News, vol.12: p.56. Frederick, A. C., “John Howley Cook, 1878-1958.” Lepid. News, vol.12: p.207. 1959. Gibson, William W., & José Luis Carillo S., “Lista de insectos en la colleccion entomologica de la Oficina de Estudios Especiales, S.A.G.” [in Spanish & English]. Folleto misc. Sec. Agr. Ganad., Mexico, no.9: 254 pp. 1959. Records all specimens, with brief data; numerous Lepidoptera. Collection in Mexio City. [P.B.] Glen, Robert, et. al., “Entomology in Canada up to 1956. A review of developments and accomplishments.” Canad. Ent., vol.88: pp.290-371. 1956. History of entomology, especially applied entomology; this summary was prepared for the 10th International Congress of Entomology by various government and university entomologists in Canada. [P.B.] Henne, Christopher, “Charles Henry Ingham (1904-1957).” Lepid. News, vol.’ pp.169-170, 1 fig. 1958. EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: Cuar.es L. REMINcTON Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting) : PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors”): FreD T, THORNE Harry K. Crenco —N. S. Osraztsov — EuceNE G. MunRoE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society J. W. TrmpENn Manager of the Memoirs: Smpney A. HEssEL NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may be required to pay for overage. _ ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but may appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Remincton, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor: Dr. J. W. Tm.pEN, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances to: GrorcE Euuet, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. Address Society correspondence to: Dr. P. R. Enruicu, Dept. of Biology, Stanford Uni- versity, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S. Z. Fretp Co., Inc. New Haven, Connecticut 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.16: no.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Taxonomic notes on Erora (Lycenidz) DY, KMLIAN ROEVER 660.005.5056. yececetescesslecarcseadeet a er | 1-4 Evolutionary mechanisms of the Pieris napi — bryonie group [first part] By. Ze LORROVIG oles ccsscacscasnc ewveleiinacendenn 5-19 A biting midge ectoparasitic on Arizona lycenids by (PAUL Re vBBRLICH .0...eccsccjendepestiseocsstsikiiinscel oie ee 20-22, Ecological studies of Rhopalocera at Donner Pass, California. JI. by. Tuomas C. & Joan F. EMMEG ooo... ccc cescie ses cnee 23-44 Authorship of names of Papilio credited to Boisduval or Lucas by; Cyan. F. ps PASSOS ©.0....6..5:5.cccccccassessedeneeseseeestet sie oe 45-46 Studies of Neotropical Lepidoptera. I. Life history of Dyops by BoP. Wan rsHme: ooo... isecelessdocstitnotses eile 47-54 Preliminary notes on the life history of Callophrys (Sandia) macfarlandi by D. B. Srauuincs, J. R. TuRNER, & P. R. ESRLICH ...............0..0000 55-57 REVIEWS: Collins & Weast, Wild silk moths of the United States, by C. L. Hocus; Hayward, Guia para el entomologo principiante, Dy) Cx Ly RENGINGTON oo. loisescee Ob ccesedec csc docddevscervanswduet ceed e 22, 58 FIELD NOTES Satyrium behrii (Lycenidz) in Oregon DY REO RS CENCE 6.5005. Solce oes isc sake co! anceuee ssddetaseeasbbencedsatusteenace een 44 Colias nastes in the U. S. A. | 2) atin BD G GRKS) = 1) of 01 0 LAR OS a RPE UO OC AUMSRSMIR NE RCEICN 46 Albino Lycena phleas in Connecticut BV PDR soe oo. Sc ub nesian cczeu hheoetasedcssgu0s ane nae ear 59 Whitish Lycena phieas in Ohio Vat teal MENTE NG Oy er ee a aaa) Aomisésstes en 59-60 Larval notes on Chlosyne iacinia and californica DY. Pe ROBIE os oss bk clos eoteeesccs sav ovsacceat iaancoadas shila rr 61 Foodplants of Southwestern Saturniide BS eRe RS NVR Ee Leh aslak cous cane cecck owns cateaes nace ene ee cr 61-62 Adopea lineola in northern Ontario DY Ps Ba NET a oes oo ias Uns esezeennsiekoapeoesonedtbeess nen 62 Migration of Nymphalis californica in Washington By UWUG EAs RGGI or) ocak cs nue ciel cepsisnaneae da each un teary aci eae ear 63 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS Collecting Gneis, etc. on Vancouver Island, with a theory on hilltopping by FRIGHARD GGUPEY bios ncce recs canes ac econtva gene dence ecesbactseed uate eee 64-66 Collecting is still good in the Northwest By (Bla Je INWCOMER ios os cea eetaatonadecnde este sade tenses 67-70 Biographical obituary of Edwin P. Meiners (1893-1960) by Py Sermon | JRENEINGTON 246....5.....42. sere dsavctvcandseitesdteeed ee 71-7 CO Wer Pa TEISE i Re ee ae ERLE a UE CO, oe sae clu Sa ae Aa ee Ae 66 RECENT: LITERATURE. ON LEPIDOPTERA: 0.000.000. cecpeestca es ene 76-80 Volume 16 — 1962 Number 2 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue OVERLAPPING SUBSPECIES IN SPEYERIA ZERENE OVIPOSITION ON TOXIC PLANTS ANALYSIS OF PIERIS NAPI & BRYONLZ IN EUROPE NOTES ON PAPILIO INDRA MINORI (Complete contents on back cover) 5 December 1962 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1962 OFFICERS President: Joun A. Comstock (Del Mar, Calif., U. S. A.) Ist Vice President: H. B. D. KETTLEWELL (Oxford, England) Vice President: Himosut INoveE (Fujisawa, Japan) Vice President: TARSICIO ESCALANTE (Mexico City, Mexico) Treasurer: GrorcE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SmwNEY A. HEsseu (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Paux R. Euruicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1962: Harry Krocerus ( Helsingfors, Finland ) F. M. Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo., U. S. A.) Terms expire Dec. 1963: J. C. E. Rrotre (Toronto, Canada) ‘Daxrpor Povotny (Brno, Czechoslovakia) Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. DE La Torre y CALLejas (Havana, Cuba) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $75.00 (U.S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office | of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. oun? oF Tue Lepiporprerists’ SOCIETY Volume 16 1962 Number 2 NOTES ON OVERLAPPING SUBSPECIES. I. AN EXAMPLE IN SPEYERIA ZERENE (NYMPHALID:) by L. P. Grey and A. H. Moeckx During the 1959 and 1960 seasons Moecx collected series of Speyeria zerene (Boisduval) in and near the Warner Mountains, Modoc County, California, demonstrating a geographical overlap of two radically dif- ferent subspecies and thus reinforcing a hypothesis of relationship hitherto deduced more indirectly. For background, illustrative material appended includes a resume (table 1) of subspeciation accredited to zerene, and a chart (map 1) indicating geographical distribution of the subspecific characters; these should enable orientation of the forms to be discussed herein. Topography of the particular areas mentioned is shown by map 2; specimens selected to depict normal and extreme variation in spot localities are illustrated in figures 1 and 2. The field notes on these series will be found appended, in a concluding section. Figure 1 is of a series of males (in ventral aspect) from an unnamed ridge about 16 miles east of Eagleville, California, lying in Washoe County, Nevada. Normal variation in that locality is represented in rows 2 and 3 of figure 1, and is referable to the subspecies of zerene termed cynna. [Note: names considered lower-than-species are used throughout as catchwords; extent of blending discourages formal cate- gorical applications. | In a population of this sort, the upper singleton in figure 1 is remarkably abnormal, as would be more evident if seen in full color; it has well- developed ruddiness. The lower singleton has a reddish tinge; the specimens immediately above it (row 4) are largely unsilvered. Redness, 81 82 Grey & Moecx: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 and lack of silver—these are characters unheard-of in cynna throughout the large area which that subspecies preempts in central and northern Nevada, in southern Idaho and southeastern Oregon. These two par- ticular characters are, however, quite the normal thing in another zerene subspecies occurring just across the street, so to speak, from this Nevada colony. Turning to figure 2, the three examples in the bottom row (M, N, O) will convey a good idea of normal zerene variation in the nearby Warner Mountains, i.e., running a bit darker but otherwise quite like the nomino- typical Sierran forms. The remainder of the series in figure 2, namely, the sixteen specimens A through L in the four upper rows, are from the Patterson Meadows, at the southern end of the Warners in the south- eastern corner of Modoc County. All were taken within less than a two-mile radius in substantially identical ecology and at about the same elevations (7300-7500 ft. ). Typical zerene predominated (samples G, H, I, L) but cynna also was procured here (samples A, B, J, K). Some individuals were strikingly intermediate (samples C, D, E, F) and all the more interesting since two (D, E) were in a “congregation of cynnas” and one (F) was in association with zerene. The greatest extremes (J and L) were netted from the same flower bed although in different years. Attempts to secure large samplings were unsuccessful, being hampered by the aridity and lack of roads. The Patterson Meadows locality is the only one as yet discovered along the east rim of the Warners where this blending is widespread and obvious although occasional singleton in- termediates have been taken in those mountains. Closer search was clued and encouraged by the gene recombinations noticed in the Washoe County series. The rough balance of segregation vis-a-vis blending occurring in the vicinity of Patterson Meadows lends credence to a rather commonly held hypothesis, which is that the colonial and individual “pale zerene” turning up along the Sierran-Basin tension zone (the malcolmi near the Mammoth Lakes, the mixtures in the Tahoe passes, etc.) are resultants from contacts between the red Sierran and the yellow Great Basin forms. The relationships originally were deduced from cumulative gene replacements observable around a two-thousand-mile horseshoe (Moeck, 1957); present records serve to confirm opinions of the phylogeny as based on directions taken by variation in geographically arranged ma- terial. The extreme divergence of the end-products discouraged hope of ever finding intermediates; the segregation accompanying the blending is not at all surprising. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 83 Fig. 1: Samples of S. zerene ssp. from Washoe Co., Nev. data in record section, comments in text. See locality on map 2, 84 Grey & Morck: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 Fig. 2: Samples of S. zerene ssp. from Modoc Co., Calif. See localities on map 2, data in record section, comments in text. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 Nore: One record from Haines Alaska about as far trom Vancouver as Vancouver is from Sanfrancisco. Further records from the Transition-Canadian ¥orest coast zone may be expected. — Cline Code —— eetorezcscsa Z fi i i ! | | | | VAN Tra cy > 0 CY- Pye PL PL oy on ag Cree =a | e i i pi | Sj | Map 1: Distribution of S. zerene. See table 1 for key to symbols. The shaded rectangle denotes area shown in map 2. DIscUSSION Mention of other geographically correlated peculiarities of zerene seems due, but is abbreviated because of a desire to expand some re- marks on problems at which this and succeeding articles are aimed. 86 Grey & MorEck: Speyeria zerene Vol. 16: no2 Washoe Co. S iS) Ss cS iS) ~ fle California MOULD, = | Se _ Lassen Co Map 2: Topography of a section of Modoc Co., Calif., and Washoe Co., Nev., where S. zerene ssp. illustrated in figs. 1 & 2 were taken. See record section and text comments. For that matter, students familiar with Western topography and with zerene probably will find all of their observations and conjectures implicit on map 1. Appearing there, for examples, are (1) the gross correlations of the four large divergencies with the four physiographic provinces; (2) the zones of stability and instability — accordingly as clines converge or overlap, and with individual variation lessening 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 87 toward the middle and south portions of each province; (3) the hints of refugia, viz: (a) that the Coast Range set is incongruously largely divergent, possibly from an earlier archipelago, (b) that platina likely is nearest to the earlier “heartland” interior form, garretti a recent offspring wave northerly, sinope a Wyoming Basin isolate, cynna a relatively undisturbed Snake River Plateau resident, (c) that the southern distribution (as always) is the most obscure—is carolz a relict, parent to Sierran forms, or a recent emigrant therefrom? — and why the hiatus in the Greenhorns and Tehachapi, the rarity in the Plateau country? — this insect demonstrates successes and tolerations to warrant some expectations which are disappointed southerly, so the failures probably have special significence; (4) the area of greatest plasticity, in the Pacific Northwest, as is inevitably predicted by the cornering of the four zones in that region and from the ideas of glacial retreat which indicate a recency of the contacts. Now, to the Modoc-Washoe County material: this, almost surely, exemplifies intraphyletic segregation. Herein, and in following papers, the writers will point to instances, mostly in Speyeria, of apparent partial or total segregations occurring within the distributions of varieties presumed related to the extent of belonging to single phyletic lines —or, if defined in a quibbling spirit, belonging within a single “species” as best that category can be applied with present knowledge. Overlaps of this nature are engaging attention of researchers in a number of fields of evolutionary inquiry, for it is believed that such collisions of isolates are likely to provide rich data for genetical, cytological, paleogeographical and other studies. Questions raised by these occurrences seem almost endless; some will be noted in later papers; in this discussion attention is drawn to three aspects, to wit: (1) the taxonomic, (2) the geographical (correlations with environment and barriers) and (3) the paleogeographical — which belongs closely bracketed with (2) because of uncertainties as to when the divergencies within population structures have been acquired. Notations of overlaps such as these are obligations falling largely on taxonomists. It is they who presume to name and index species, from which listings the studies of evolution take their directions. Some of the conceptual modifications brought on by discoveries of taxonomists ( é.g., intraphyletic segregations — wherein species fragments differ to the extent of appearing locally discrete, and siblings — wherein convergence is uppermost, so that specific distinctness may be thoroughly masked. lying more in biology and behavior than in facies ) obviously have affected evolutionary thinking. It is quite certain that more local anomalies of such caliber remain to be discovered, and that existing classifications will Vol.16: no.2 Speyeria zerene Grey & MOECK: 88 ‘aIQ ‘Os Jo odoyjs [eysvoo JoTa}UI T eUul[o 0} wlauwalg WoIF SutIpess.10};uUt psouo]s 19 vyseTy 0} ‘9 ae oat i sjodsaI JoY}O Ul Ie[IUMIS jnq MJaUWasg UeY} [Pus pyfyoddiy IH ‘ "q 0} ‘a1 “YBnory, ey vole [equIT, “Uorsnzyns O}OUWILTIAA - Josng [eseq “oaoqe ustoyed yep AAvoy NLgUWALG dd STONVY YHATIS ATAVIMVANI ‘aNVa MOTTAA 3 ANIIO LSVOD OWIOVd SNONOIdSNOD MSIG GHY HAOPGV ACCNY oat ae Rees eae | VpBAON UIoy MOS Ul JOSE SuLATJNO ue ‘pueq » JeAqTIS | esuvy Uo}sopIeyD 1p “seo ystmoyjed yA ynq ‘Appni ZOEY VO 904k L, “T-"T Yowurryy P 9Ul]O pIVMO} sopess10}UT i “arg ‘eIIaIg odo[g sey ‘poreayis ATsour ‘pueq Joys ‘raed HU OOIDU Sopeosery UrToYOoS € YZ soulpo oyur sdeyz ‘AyI0y}I10uU “BIIOIS UIOYION SUISVAIOUL UWISTURTOU % SUTIOATIS snypyhyauos OO VPPAON VIIOIG | , SIPPIW 0} yyNOS AjIoyyos yUesqe SUIUIODIq SULIOATIS Quadaz AZ SHAVOSVD NYAHH.LAOS CANVd CIdYOS ‘ ; ; Tl ANI VCVAUN VYHHIS MSIG MWOWA TING AAOPVY AGCGNY YUVA uonNgrysIq srayoRIvyO aue Ny oquiég “(aozaq pest] se sofoadsqns pue souljo ey} suNoUep sjoquids xopur Aq UMOYS JIB SI9}ORILYO peepnqe} ssey} fo Sulpusyq pue uUol}eSeIses Jo seore [eorydeisoes ‘, deut uc) ANAYAZ VIYAATdS AO AYOLONULS NOLLVYINdOd ‘T Wel ————— 89 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 1962 ueg Mojeq poddeur aazzuhw oy} :°g'°N ‘youINXxe powmnsoeid st Mou Avg OosIOURLY ‘uoKROS! Jofeur A]Ie[IUNIS Be WIOIJ JUspUsOSep SI }I Jey} uoYdumMsse ue WOIF SsMOT[OF sdnoIs [eUOTse1 I94}0 YIM [enbsoo se nuufia jo uonlusoooy sisuapjspys (FY €) auly Ajssojpoou :isynofd (7%) ‘3910 acl Ss “FeO ae | "N “epy ‘0S “AON ‘ON QVALV Id “HY AAVNS ‘NISVd “LO Waddn BUIWIOAAA “A'S Q OpeIo[OD “AA “N SoIyoOoYy 94} suUIspo x» ‘ulseg “‘neozelq ST[EYIOOF “SV AYIOY PIPPIN % “ON SOlyOOY Peo} sopeosey ‘ON edo[s “q _ SNIVLINQOW AXOOU SHAVOSVOD NYHHLYON ‘V9 “OD UlLIe/y svoo “FIT! [PPHN 038 “OD OUTDOpUe/y ySBOO “FITBD ‘ON € XY [ Souljo 0} sopesis1ojJUI ‘o[qeIIeAUI JOAITIS CGNVd@ MOTTXA NVHL YaxXYVd HONW LON MSIG AANA ATVd ‘GITIVd ATAVAYVNAY ysIp Ystuseis 0} UMOIq p oul] 0} SuIpeisi9jzur ‘pueq Jopim ‘razed ‘rayjeurs surpue} PpeZIs-poos ‘pueq poMolieu “SuLyooTF OYA IUIOS YIM YSIP YsTUMOIG G@ GUID 0} SUIPeIs1}UI “YSIPpe1 SuIpue} YSIp NMOWd AO AAGVHS ANOS ASIG ‘A TAVINUVANI YAATIS “AAOMVY HSINMOUE QOUIBIOAIP [¥JSVOO }SOWIOYNOS & ‘uoIsnjyns yeseq deep ‘punois }YsI| [ 9UI[o 0} SurIpeasiojzur ‘ysIp IOUMOIG “UOISNJNSs [eseq pouasso] ‘suorjejndod jou ‘sjenprArpul jueieqe jJueseidel snyojuadivauis pue ‘puynjd Jo UONRoTFQUep!I snosuOoIIa SMAGNAS 0} snp suyz]dSs ‘UOT}ELIVA [BOOT UMOUY Jo [OquUIAS se ssojesn soUDY ‘ajqeuonsonb Ayypeoo, edA} :pprpsos (7) 9pnpoul polous! soweu s[qeileAy ‘utoyJed pousdieys “Jay[euIs {[HS puuho V ANTIO adouis puiojd 1Vj9LIDB pyaid € ANIIO xapjuhu usualyaq XO IS, "Id VO Id AW ad 90 Grey & Morck: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 be set up by them. Evolutionary conceptions draw their warrants from the prevailing editions of “species”; taxonomy provides the impetus. The cynna - zerene overlap falls within boundaries of credibility as established in the 1945 dos Passos and Grey catalogue of Speyeria, wherein cynna is listed as a subspecies of zerene. A regrettable error in that index is corrected hereby: the carole population in southern Nevada pretty surely belongs within zerene and not under coronis (Behr) where it was described originally. Present taxonomic worries therefore seem unnecessary, except as all such relegations have to continue passing the yearly tests of new dis- coveries and changing concepts. The Speyeria classification mentioned was framed deliberately to reduce species to the utter minimum allowable against sympatrisms, allopatrisms and intergradings as then known. Future revisions probably will be more of concept than of groupings: it will appear that those who have catalogued Limenitis, for one example, make more species than the present speyerian philosophy would admit, and so it goes; in various genera some will lump, while others, familiar with the same data, will claim that lumping is not the best answer. Some valuable taxonomic moralizings probably can be drawn from study of intraphyletic segregations within Speyeria; the situations de- scribed assuredly will be found duplicated, substituting places and species, in genera such as Papilio, Euphydryas, Cercyonis, etc., which seem now on the verge of long-awaited syntheses. It may be helpful to emphasize, as is the intention, that overlaps can be obscure in many ways and in sophisticated fashions, almost sure to be overlooked unless the fund of distributional knowledge is at once broad and detailed. Some hybrid zones shout their presence and are matters of common knowledge, as in Northeastern Limenitis and Colias — even then they may baffle taxonomists intent on pouring all of the new wine into the old skins of Linnaean concepts — but others may be entirely unsuspected because with data as skimpy as ordinarily is available the early stage of hypothesis would have to be made in defiance of the very cornerstone tenets of the species-makers, for these reasons: The usual picture of subspecies is of geographically oriented divergencies which blend with other intraspecific forms along sharp or ill-defined boundary lines. But divergence in plastic genera can be extreme to the point of incredibility. Intergradings which would clue relationships may be slightly or not at all in evidence, perhaps confined to poorly explored areas or even lost by extinction. What, then, if two great extremes work into contact? Local samplings are likely to come up with two very different forms, each apparently discrete. By con- 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 91 ventional standards these indeed are species. Local naturalists must be allowed their word of truth: sympatry plus evident biogenetic differentia- tion spells out “species” quite positively. But students of population structures also have a right to be heard: if locally discrete sympatres display a gradual convergence when traced geographically into other regions, ending in an area or areas where blending is conspicuous or total, then a phyletic wholeness is manifested, which it is incorrect to claim for any of the parts. Arguments and rebuttals of this sort will be heard increasingly as distributions are studied more intensively. Even now, the quirks of speciation and subspeciation known in butterflies compare favorably with those recorded for other groups of animals, and they will be scanned even closer in the future by students of evolution. Systematic taxonomy of butterflies therefore is in need of continued scrutiny; there are new frontiers; they lie, however, where they always have, i.e., with segregations and overlaps. The concepts and tools need refining to deal with complexity hitherto suspected and now being confirmed. A second arresting feature of intraphyletic overlaps, in addition to their challenges to taxonomy, are their morphological dissimilarities which so obviously flaunt the hypotheses built around ideas of variation re- sponding to local ecogeographies. There has been a great deal of research along the latter lines, prompted by convergencies and parallels seen not only within closely related genera but also among forms known to be well apart phyletically. As an example of explanations which have been sought in particular factors of a shared environment the work by Hovanitz (1941) is a classic of its kind. Parallels within Speyeria, as noted by Hovanrrtz, lend themselves irresistably to evolutionary speculations, being numerous to the point of endlessness, often involving very different species (and thus throwing heavier burdens on taxonomists quite sufficiently beset with anatomical likenesses and ecological overlaps ). Hovanrtz’s correlations of melanism with insolation stand unanswerable. He makes no further special claim that environment has the paramount role in determining variation, as some others have done with less excuse, or have so implied by pointing out the many geographically correlated parallels in various genera. Recently (1959), Van SoMEREN and Jackson have summarized some ways in which parallels are supposed to evolve consequent from various kinds of mimicry, including arithmetic mimicry which certainly ought to apply in Speyeria to the advantage of locally scarce species; in these cases the convergence results from a “dwelling together” but has nothing directly to do with geography. : 92 Grey & MoeEck: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 Such theories have the attraction of offering plausible rationalizations of wide applicability. They have a drawback of seeming to finalize “causes’ which almost surely are incredibly multi-factorial however plainly one element may appear to stand out. Dissimilarities evidenced in intraphyletic segregations give salutary check to environmental postulates. For example, cynna and zerene are at the very antipodes in coloration, and yet they face one another in similar ecologies across narrow barriers — and now turn out to fly in the same meadow. In such instances, it may be inferred that properties which are intrinsic (incompatabilities based in physiology) outweigh all extrinsic things such as geographical propinquity and identity of ecologi- cal background. In a later paper attention will be directed to a segregation which really may have resulted in large part from differential adaptability to micro-environmental factors, as perhaps can be found upon close analysis in the other overlaps of isolates. Still and all, it hardly seems tenable to suppose that segregations such as in Appalachian Limenitis can be explained as being due to any sharp breaks in climate or ecology. There, and most likely in the great majority of overlaps, the better rationaliza- tions seem to lie with genetics, with time, and with paleogeography. The time element undoubtedly is the great enigma underlying the questions with which evolutionarily oriented taxonomy grapples. How long does it take, what particulars of environment are needed to cause species to diverge? Once established, how stable then are the gene systems thus integrated harmoniously to place, time and species? As the years bring changes, as populations migrate with climates, and as balances are struck between selection pressures and mutation rates, what then does local variation reflect of immediate situation and of earlier history? A sharp dichotomy runs through the whole literature and theory of evolution: On the one hand, a multiplicity of “causes” are adduced which logically ought to lead only to chaos, the supposed mechanisms and modifiers being varied and acting at random; on the other hand, the natural order reflects crystallization into definite patterns down to such trivialities as that certain subspecies of butterflies occupy territory to the exclusion of others. Can it be that the “causes” by their very infinity give statistical expectation of orderliness in resultants, as in the modern “laws” of physics? This touch of paradox is delightfully exposed in Forp’s (1954) Butter- flies, where mention is made of a strain of Euphydryas which was observed to subspeciate markedly in less than three decades—followed 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 93 later by a chapter discussing Pleistocene population movements as deduced (how else?) from present distribution of wing characters! Observed population structures lend themselves to just such con- tradictory speculations, being (1) easily upset by outbreeding, population fluctuation or applied experiments, but at the same time (2) appearing in the wild state as geographically well-entrenched in respect to subspeciation, so that some form of selective elimination has to be postulated as operating to choke off blending observed to go on in contact areas. It is easy, then, to deduce that variation is a reed in the wind, a pliant hostage to circumstance. But there is even more reason to postulate a really massive inertia inherent in population dynamics, as becomes almost a necessity when thinking over the history of systematic taxonomy. For example, as soon as continental glaciation moved up from theory to accepted fact, the large changes needed to incorporate arctic relicts on temperate-zone mountains were made without much argument, since affinities, when looked for, had remained very little obscured by those large isolations. In these and in similar instances taxonomists have had some conspicuous successes in equating classifications with earlier refugia and barriers, hence the growing tendency to suppose that paleogeography may be deduced in part from observed distributions, a hypothesis justifiable only if the rate of evolutionary change is quite slow. In this connection, it is instructive to run through the data used by Hovanirz in support of ecogeographic correlations: the idea of popula- tion movements and confinements underlying the observed regularities seems to appear equally valid; in fact, he was among the first to realize that local variation in Speyeria generally is predictable from surrounding character distributions. There is, then, no essential contradiction in the fact of intraphyletic segregates being so unlike although sympatric — these become comparisons in quite another dimension, namely, the one of time. The obvious correction is to allow for earlier isolations, granting that local effects of climates at best are a superimposition upon accum- ulated past heritage. The present authors believe that intraphyletic segregations have their greatest interest in this suggestion that they probably are true signboards pointing to earlier isolations. If taxonomists succeed finally in defining species they will be in the same position as the pup that caught the locomotive: what to do with it? If it could be assured that wild populations tend to be reasonably stable in time —a proposition often taken for granted but by no means easy to prove —a fresh world 94 Grey & Moreck: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 would open up for inquiry and distributional data could become a key unlocking new wonders. Specialists in most groups already are convinced that morphology and biology provide insufficient criteria of specific discreteness and that some reckonings must be taken of paleogeography. The present authors will go so far as to suggest that degrees of divergency may be interpreted as providing fairly good indices of the degrees of isolation undergone by phyletic segregates. This would grant to evolutionary processes an evenness and inevitability not at all defensible, and to wing variation a long-term stability hardly in keeping with experience. It is seen, however, that Speyeria population structures fit with present ecogeographies in most details of clinality, but then show in zones of overlap degrees of segregation which accord roughly with estimates of earlier barriers and time scale, “as if” divergence were a function of time. An example in the species atlantis (Edwards ), typical of the untapped riches in Speyeria, demonstrates how overlaps can carry seemingly reliable indication of the durability of subspecies in time. An abstract follows: An unusually ruddy and melanic population of atlantis occurs in the aridly isolated Stansbury Range, near the eastern side of the Great Basin in Tooele County, Utah. A very different (more pallid) atlantis occurs in line of sight, in the Wasatch Range, thus almost exactly parallel- ing the zerene - cynna confrontation. In this latter case, when the wing color characters peripheral to these colonies are mapped, and when the recent water and ice configurations (which here happen to be rather well known) are reconstructed, the character correlations all are with the late glacial geography and otherwise are worse than meaningless — the most like forms today are separated by the most tremendous barriers and the most unlike forms are in closest contiguity. The “small” barriers here are unusually formidable, so the argument can be made that sheer miles have nothing to do with the case — in fact, many people seem to think that divergence in isolated colonies such as are in the Stansburys is all a matter of local option and chance. Against this, the bulk of Great Basin distributions are roughly homogeneous despite scores or hundreds of dry valley barriers as severe as the ones between the Stansburys and the Wasatch Range; specialists note similar large regularities in population structures which hardly are in keeping with the idea of random subspecia- tion; the exceptions generally may be suspected of carrying special meanings, as in the presently cited instance where the integrating con- siderations clearly lie in paleogeography. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 95 Very few distributions can be analysed as closely as would be possible with these colonies, to show that the Wasatch (recent intrusion) and the Stansbury (relict) populations are from different refugia. Present similarities of environment patently have not softened these divergencies; intermediates, such as occur, are found mostly in territories edging the foci of divergence, hence appear due to gene exchange through straying. Surrounding variation gains rationality from the refugia suggested by this distribution. Students have only to look at a topographic map and subtract a few thousand years—then they will see grasslands and forests arising around the western rim of old Lake Bonneville, extending up through the “antelope country’ of southern Idaho, and will see mountain glaciers creeping back over the Wasatch-Uinta highlands. The facies of the northerly “tetonia” then stands illuminated by the Stansbury discovery; the southwestern affinities of “wasatchia” then can be related to its recent entrance into a previously inhospitable upland; the present segregation then is unusually good evidence that the ephemera of wing colors are not to be shrugged off as local products of recent environments. An example from another genus: Lyczna “claytoni” on shrub Poten- tilla in old fields, vicinity of Springfield, Maine, is widely different from L. “dospassosi’ on a small prostrate cinquefoil in a salt marsh at Bathhurst, New Brunswick. Airline separation is about 300 miles, topo- graphic barrier nil, ecologic barrier complete since neither foodplant is known from the intervening country. The Maine colony falls in a series having like facies and habits, distributed through Quebec and Ontario to Wisconsin and Michigan. The Bathhurst colony alone is anomalous. If specialists are correct in regarding all of these as biological radiates of a single phyletic line (the dorcas - helloides set), how is this distribu- tion to be rationalized? Nothing the simplicity gained by mapping the Maine-Michigan series as an outflow from a Mississippi Valley refuge, the incongruity of “dospassosi’ then will recall that botanists and others report analogously queer isolates in and near the St. Lawrence Valley. The hints are of a separate East Coast (Grand Banks?) glacial refuge. This Lycana segregation then would align with the idea herein stressed that such juxtapositions probably have their best explanations in paleogeography. A fairly coherent synthesis of Speyeria can be achieved through this philosophy of regarding divergence as a function of geography and time. The practical aspects seem inexhaustable: good results continue to follow from adopting the catchphrase that geography can be trusted to produce specimens to order, and conversely, that specimens will reveal 96 Grey & Moeck: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 geography, as would be demanded if equating present variation with paleogeographic refugia, for unless wing characters demonstrate (1) sensitivity to geography and (2) stability during local isolations, paleogeo- graphic speculations would lack the necessary correlation with reality. These somewhat contradictory demands seem to be met by observed subspeciations: the degrees of segregation and blending usually accord with the constructions of landscapes and time. As an example of specimens revealing geography, Mr. STERLING Matroon (in litt.) recently found Lower Cascade - Sierran characters in a Coast Range colony of zerene, near Ferndale, Humboldt County, California. Upon inquiry as to possible ecological linkages which might rationalize this otherwise incongruous blending, he states that a yellow pine forest, a suitably indicative continuum, may be traced from near the coast here, following valleys into the Trinity - Shasta uplands. As to the possibility of invoking geography to produce specimens, Moecx’s explorations in the area shown on map 2 were centered there deliberately and with some expectation of finding mixed populations. A far cry, this, from the day when a red speyerian in a yellow population would have been one more incomprehensibility to place at the door of Chaos, this bee-line to a place designated, to search for the unknown postulated in advance! It is no credit to the occult powers of specialists that they often seem to know where to look for particular character combinations; rather, it is a matter of projecting known population structure on a known landscape and then interpolating resultants. The credit obviously belongs to some large invariability in nature, which the present authors believe to be the degree of population stability required when postulating cor- relations with paleogeography. If more assurance is needed, the best things to regard are the impossibilities and contradictions arising when trying to correlate intraphyletic segregations with present environments. Further illustrations, of commonplace and unusual variation equated to the theme of divergence harmonious with present and assumed past isolations, will be given in subsequent papers. It may be difficult to promote the idea that the supposedly unstable wing characters should have evolved in a fashion apparently providing an analogue to the wanderings of the insects. This, however, seems to be safer to defend, looking to samples of wild populations, than alternative propositions such as would associate subspeciations either with particular causes or with no causes at all; the fear that variation is mainly at random is wearing away, while older theories of adaptation to local climates are meeting increased questioning. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 97 RECORDS [Map 1 was collated from records of approximately 3,000 specimens of zerene, abstracted from the senior author’s card file of Speyeria. Students needing distribu- tional data are welcome to borrow from these indexed records and are urged to contribute to their expansion. ] The specimens illustrated in figures 1 and 2, taken in the area shown on map 2, are out of batches with field notes as follow: NEVADA: WASHOE CO.: “59BP”: app. 16 mi. E. of Eagleville, Calif., in a patch of greenery on an unnamed, barren, dry rocky ridge (No. Granite Range outlier? ), 7500 ft. elev., across the alkali lake from the Warner Mts., 17.vii.59 (leg. MoeEck), 32 males near cynna, in good condition. The series includes 1 very red and 2 nearly unsilvered individuals. “59BQ”: same place and date as 59BP but at 6800 ft. on barren rocks, 1 male cynna, a stray from the 7500 ft. elev. CALIFORNIA: MODOC CO.: “60BD”: E. side of Cedar Peak, N. of Cedar Pass, Warner Mts., 6500-7500 ft. elev., dry logging road through lightly forested hills, 22.vii.60 (leg. Morcx), 6 males, silvered and unsilvered, near Sierran zerene. “59BR’: Patterson Meadows, app. 16 mi. S. W. of Eagleville, 7300 ft. elev. in brushy clearings along a creek, 17.vii.59 (leg. Morcx), 2 males, 1 female near cynna. “60BB”: same place as 59BR, 21.vii.60 (leg. Morcx), 4 males and 1 female zerene ssp., the female brightly silvered, very red, the males from dull red to nearly as pale as cynna. “60BC”: Middle Fork Spring of East Creek, about 2 mi. S. E. of Patterson Meadows in similar ecology along a creek, 7500 ft. elev., 21.vii.60 (leg. Moecx), 4 males and 1 female zerene ssp., 2 males red, remainder intermediate to cynna. Deposition: Collection of the junior author. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Photographs (figs.1 & 2) were taken by KENNETH MacArTuHuR, using the facilities of the Milwaukee Museum. Kindly criticism and encouragement was received from Dr. C. L. REMINGTON. References Cited dos Passos, C. F., & L. P. Grey, 1947. Systematic catalogue of Speyeria (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidz ) with designations of types and fixations of type localities. Am. mus. novitates 1370: 30 pp. Ford, E. B., 1945.. Butterflies. pp.xiv + 358, 48 pls. (colored), 24 figs.. 32 maps, 9 diagrams, 8 tables. The New Naturalist Series, Collins Press, London. Hovanitz, W., 1941. Parallel ecogenotypical color variation in butterflies. Ecology 22: 259-284. Moeck, A. H., 1957. Geographic variability in Speyeria. Comments, records and description of a new subspecies. 48 pp., 2 pls., 7 maps. Privately printed, sponsored by Milwaukee Ent. Soc. van Someren, V. G. L., & T. H. E. Jackson, 1959. Some comments on protective weenie eee anime: African peepideptcra (Rhopalocera). Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 121-150, 10 pls. (LPG) Rt.-1, Box 216, Lincoln, Me., U. S.A. (AHM) 301 E. Armour Ave., Milwaukee 7, Wisc., U. S. A. 98 Vol.16: no.2 A MOSAIC MELANIC MALE OF PAPILIO GLAUCUS J. A. Esner reported a melanic male of Papilio glaucus canadensis Rothschild & Jordan in the March, 1961, issue of this Journal. Another melanic male of this subspecies was caught by E. M. S. on June 27, 1961, on Gorge Creek where it is crossed by Highway 11 north of Nipigon, Ontario. The specimen settled down amidst a score of normal males on a wet spot of the sandy bank of the creek. It was at once recognized as a melanic mutation and easily netted. It is a perfect specimen much resembling in general distribution of the black scales the specimen figured in the issue quoted above. Papilio glaucus canadensis %, upper surface at left, lower surface at right. The bilateral asymmetry is conspicuous, the left wings being much more heavily blackened than the right wings. However, the striking difference between the more heavily melanic left wings, on the upper as well as under side, characterize this specimen as a bilateral genetic mosaic. An explanation for the exact mechanism of its formation can not of course be given, without breeding work. The chromosome or part of it carrying a modifier for one of the several (?) genes responsible for melanism could have been lost during this mitosis; or such a modifier gene could have been lost or shifted by an abnormal crossing over. Another possibility could be a differential expression of the melanic gene caused by differences in the physiological (genome) en- viroment on the two sides. Harry SicHER, School of Dentistry, Loyola University, Chicago 12, Ill., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 99 NOTES ON CERTAIN LEPIDOPTERA OVIPOSITING ON PLANTS WHICH ARE TOXIC TO THEIR LARVZE by R. SrrRAATMAN It has been observed that females of certain species of butterflies occasionally lay eggs on plants, generally belonging to the same family as the natural hostplant, but on which the larve did not survive. Such behaviour was described by other authors (Dethier 1942, Edwards 1935, Remington 1952) and was recently mentioned of two Sumatran Papilionidz (Straatman & Nieuwenhuis 1961). In Queensland, Australia it has been observed in the following four species. 1. Troides priamus richmondius Gray is locally common in Sicviine eastern Queensland. In March 1960, at the promontory of Burleigh Heads, 60 miles south of Brisbane, where this species is very localised, several females were observed laying eggs on Aristolochia elegans Mast. This plant has been introduced from Brazil and is common in the area. A total of 70 eggs were collected from several of these plants and a similar number was left untouched. From the eggs, 61 larve hatched in the laboratory at Samford, 14 miles N. N. W. of Brisbane, and 40 of them were reared in the insectary on A. elegans growing in pots. Six larve died in the first instar, 22 in the second and the remainder in the third instar. The other 21 larve had been released on plants of A. elegans growing outside, along the creek. About a week after their release, the plants were inspected and a number of first instar larvee found; later inspections, however, showed only few larve in the second instar and none were found beyond this instar. The leaves showed but little feeding damage. In the third week of April the plants from which the eggs were collected at Burleigh Heads, were inspected carefully, but apart from many eggshells suggesting a good hatch, not a single larva was found and the leaves showed only little damage caused by feeding. Freshly laid eggs, however, were again present. A few hundred yards from these plants, larve of T. priamus were found in all instars on Aristolochia przevenosa F. Muell., a native species and apparently their natural hostplant. Here it forms vines climbing into the forest canopy. Another locality were T. priamus occurs, but where A. elegans appeared to be absent, is Tamborine Mountain (1800 ft., 22 miles N. W. of Burleigh Heads). Here, A. praevenosa is locally common in the rain- forest and numbers of eggs and larve of T. priamus were collected and transferred to Samford. The larve were released on A. elegans growing 100 STRAATMAN: Oviposition Vol.16: no.2 in pots in the insectary. At first they refused to eat and were very restless, but after two days most specimens started an irregular feeding. However, most of these larve died in the second week of their transfer, while larger specimens survived for four weeks, growing smaller and weaker until they died. All the larvae which had hatched from the eggs died in the first instar. 2. Eurycus cressida cressida Fabricius is a common species in the Brisbane area where its host is Aristolochia pubera R.Br. a small plant generally found in shady palces between rocks and weeds. At Samford, females of E. cressida were frequently observed laying eggs on A. elegans. Numerous eggs, which are bright orange and conspicuous, were collected and transferred to the insectary. The resulting larve were released on A. elegans, which they accepted more readily than did the larvee of T. priamus, but no specimens survived beyond the third instar. 3. Papilio demoleus sthenelus MacLeay is the only papilionid which occurs in the dry inland areas of Australia, where Epwarps (1948, 1955) recorded Psoralea (Leguminosz) as its natural hostplant. In some years migratory flights reach the coastal areas, and in Southeastern Queensland P. demoleus is found every year, although sometimes locally and in small numbers. In March 1960 eggs and larva were found on a young Cifrus plant near Samford and transferred to the laboratory. The larve con- tinued to feed normally on leaves from the same plant until they reached the last instar. From then on they sat motionless for days, refusing to feed, and finally died. The larvee which hatched from the eggs showed a similar behaviour and died in the last instar. When inspecting the citrus plants growing in the immediate vicinity of the tree from which the specimens had been collected, a small number of fourth instar larve of P. demoleus were found but left undisturbed. Frequent inspections showed that these larvz also died in their final instar. In the first week of April, numerous P. demoleus butterflies were seen at Samford, flying in and around a swampy paddock, which was overgrown with tall grasses and weeds. Female butterflies were seen ovipositing on a small weed, identified as Psoralea tenax (Leguminosz ). A search resulted in 25 eggs and 20 larve in various instars which were transferred to the insectary. Ten larve which were reared on Psoralea, grew rapidly and pupated. The other ten larve were reared on Citrus, accepted after a day of restlessness, but all died before pupation. From the eggs, 24 larvae hatched, which were divided into two feeding groups; 12 were given Citrus and 12 Psoralea tenax. The Citrus feeders were slow growers; while these were still in the first instar, the control specimens on Psoralea had reached the third instar. No Citrus feeders lived beyond the second instar, by which time some Psoralea feeders 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 101 started to pupate. Neither eggs nor larve of P. demoleus were found on Citrus plants growing in the immediate vicinity of the paddock. The specimens collected on Citrus as described were found in a much drier and hilly area where it is unlikely that Psoralea occurred. It was noticed that larve which lived on Citrus had a bright orange groundcolour in the fourth and fifth instars with distinct black markings, while most Psoralea feeders showed a green to pale yellow groundcolour with reduced black markings. 4, Euploea eichhorni Staudinger is common in Northeastern Queens- land and it is supposed that its hostplants belong to the Apocynacez or the Moracez. On several occasions, females were observed in the garden around the laboratory at Ingham while laying eggs on Frangipani (Plumeria acutifolia, Apocynaceze ). When damaged, this plant produces a milky sap and in this respect resembles the plants which would be the normal hostplants. Numerous eggs were seen but no larve found, while no plants showed any damage caused by feeding. When again, a female was observed ovipositing on Frangipani, 12 eggs were collected and transferred to a petri-dish. The larve hatched after five days and were given young leaves of the same plant from which they were collected. However, after nibbling at the leaves they refused to feed and died during the second day after hatching. DISCUSSION Observations such as described above suggest that ovipositing butter- flies are not infrequently deceived by attractive stimuli from abnormal hosts, to such an extent that eggs may be laid on plants which are, in fact, toxic to the resulting larvae. In the case of Aristolochia species, this is presumably due to the close relationship of the normal host to the toxic plant. It is significant that, in the cases described, the toxic species (A. elegans) is an introduced plant, and there has apparently been insufficient time as yet for the butterfly to become adapted, i.e., either to develop the ability to feed on it, or to discriminate during oviposition. It is perhaps also significant, that in the case of T. priamus richmondius, larvee, from the area where the introduced plant does not seem to occur, died in the first instar. Those from the area where both species of Aristolochia occurred, did survive until the third instar, sug- gesting that some degree of adaptation may be evolving. In the case of P. demoleus, its reported hostplants in countries other than Australia are species of Rutaceaze. However, Epwarps (1948 and 1956) reported that in the Mitchell area (more than 300 miles west of Brisbane), P. demoleus sthenelus feeds on Psoralea patens and P. 102 STRAATMAN: Oviposition Vol.16: no.2 tenax and that he was not able to rear it on Citrus. Hery (1958), replying to Epwarps’s paper, than stated that in 1943 and 1950 he had found larve and pupz of P. demoleus on young citrus plants in the nursery of the Gosford Experimental Station, Narara, N. S. W. and that he had succeeded in rearing these specimens on Citrus. He also reported that in 1953 Mosse Ropinson had observed a female of P. demoleus ovipositing on Psoralea affinis in a garden at Gosford and successfully reared specimens on that host plant; also that he had collected and successfully reared larvee on Citrus. Previously, WATERHOUSE (1932) had written “during 1922 on the Richmond River it occurred in thousands; if a branch of an orange-tree was held up by the hand, the females would lay their eggs on it”. He also mentioned Salvia as a foodplant, as did Rarnsow (1907), but gave no details. A foodplant of P. demoleus in Ceylon and India, mentioned by Moore (1880), Serrz (1927) and WoopHovseE (1950), is Glycosmis pentaphylla, a rutaceous weed which also occurs in Northern and Northeastern Australia, where however, as far as is known, larve of P. demoleus sthenelus have never been found on this host. The evidence available suggests therefore that P. demoleus may have developed separate local strains that differ in their association with Citrus: in Queensland rarely laying on and unable to develop on Citrus plants; in N. S. W. evidently accepting Citrus with complete success. It should be noted that, as in the case of Aristolochia elegans, plants of the genus Citrus are not native to Australia and it is possible that in this country P. demoleus became adapted to native plants of the genus Psoralea. With the introduction of Citrus plants, which are the normal hosts in other countries, it may have become possible, either for local populations of P. demoleus to revert to the ancestral feeding habit, or to develop Citrus feeding strains from eventual immigrant butterflies. No explanation can be seen, however, for the original selection of the quite unrelated Psoralea as a hostplant, when native species of rutaceous plants are available. In fact, as far as is known, there are no other records of a leguminous plant as the normal host of a papilionid. In Australia several Euplaa species have been reported from host- plants belonging to the Apocynaceze and the Asclepiadaceze; members of these families generally have a milky sap. Frangipani (Plumeria acutifolia, Apocynacez) is an introduced plant and is common in parks and gardens. As far as is known, no damage caused by Euplaca larve has ever been recorded on this plant. The normal host of E. eichhorni has not been described but probably belongs to one of the two above families. Once again we find that the abnormal, toxic host is an introduced plant, related to what is probably the normal 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 103 host, and presumably resembling it in the stimuli which attract ovipositing females. In this case however, there is no evidence to suggest that any adaptation to this new host has yet occurred. SUMMARY Females of four species of Australian Lepidoptera were observed ovipositing frequently on introduced plants on which the resulting larvz were unable to survive because of toxic effects. These species were Troides priamus richmondius, Eurycus cressida cressida, Papilio demoleus sthenelus, and Euploea eichhorni. In most cases the toxic host is closely related to the normal native host plant, except in the case of P. demoleus sthenelus, ovipositing on Citrus, its normal host in other countries. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author expresses his sincere gratitude to Dr. D. H. Coxtiess of the Division of Entomology, C. S. I. R. O., Canberra, for his advice and assistance in the preparation of this manuscript. The writer is also grateful to Mr. M. Gray, of the Division of Plant Industry, C. S. I. R. O., for identifying specimens of the host plants. References Barrett, C., & A. N. Burns, 1951. Butterflies of Australia and New Guinea. N. H. Seward, Melbourne. Carpenter, G. D. H., 1946. Feeding habits of Papilionide. Ent. mon. mag. 82: 276-77. Corbet, A. S., & H. M. Pendlebury, 1956. The butterflies of the Malay Peninsula, 9nd ed. 537 pp., 55 pls. Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh. Dethier, V. G., 1941. Chemical factors determining the choice of foodplants by Papilio larve. Amer. nat. 75: 61-73. Edwards, E. O., 1948. Notes on butterflies of Western Queensland. Aust. zoologist 11: 225. RII, C8 7A , 1956. The foodplants of the Chequered Swallowtail, Papilio demoleus sthenelus Macleay, 1826. Proc. roy zool. soc. N. S. W. 1954-55: 63-64. Hely, P. C. 1958. The foodplants of the Chequered Swallowtail, Papilio demoleus sthenelus Macleay, 1826. Proc. roy. zool. soc. N. S. W. 1956-57: Moore, F., 1880-81. The Lepidoptera of Ceylon. 1. L. Reeve & Co., London. Peyerimhoff, P. de. 1949. Tableau abrégé des rapports entre les plantes et leurs parasites animaux. Mém. hist. nat. Afr. Nord 2: 245-265. Rainbow, W. J., 1907. A guide to the study of Australian butterflies. 272 pp., 1 pl. T. C. Lothian, Melbourne. Remington, C. L., 1952. The biology of Nearctic Lepidoptera. 1. Foodplants and life histories of Colorado Papilionoidea. Psyche 59: 61-70. Seitz, A., 1927. The Macrolepidoptera of the world. Vol. 9: 48. A. Kernen, Stuttgart. Waterhouse, G. A., 1932. What butterfly is that? A guide to the butterflies of Australia. Angus & Robertson, Sydney. Woodhouse, L. G. O., 1950. The butterfly fauna of Ceylon. 2nd ed. 231 pp., 55 pls. Colombo Apothecaries’ Co., Colombo. Division of Entomology, C. S. I. R. O., % B.N.G.D.C., P.O. Box 2, Port Moresby, PAPUA 104 Vol.16: no.2 A RARE PAPER OF W. F. KIRBY by Pappy B. McHENRy Through the effort of Mrs. Hatmos, Librarian of the Allan Hancock Foundation at the University of Southern California, S. H. ScuppEr’s copy of W. F. Kirsy’s rare little paper titled “A List Of British Rhopalocera.” has been located in the Foundation’s library (ex Boston Society of Natural History library). The copy has been signed by SCUDDER on the title page with the date “May, 1872.” HeEmMminc (1934, p.169) gave an account of what was known of the paper at that time. The title page of the paper is as follows: “A List/ Of/ British Rhopalocera./_ Printed On One Side Only,/_ For Labelling Cabinets./ Including Nearly All The Varieties And Doubtful Species./ By W. F. Kirby./ Price 3d./_ Brighton:/ H. Hallis, Printer And Bookseller, 5, Bartholomews./ 1858.” The paper consists of the following: the title page with its reverse side and pages [1], [2] and [8] each with a blank reverse side; the reverse of the title page has a brief [preface] which is signed “W. F. K.” and dated “Brighton, February 4th, 1858.” Kirpy, in the paper, indicates original material with his initials W. F. K. He gives as original: Theclides on page [2]; Lycaenides and Polyomma- tides on page [8]; Pelion, a new genus, on page [3]; Colias hyale hyalis on page [1]; Eugonia [species?| urticex on page [2]; Nomiades arion orion on page [3]; Lycaena hemichrysos, Lyczena candida and Lycena tesselata, new varieties of [phlzas?P| on page [3]. Descriptions for the varieties are given in brief foot notes; there is no description for urticwz which makes it Nomen nudum. Kirby also gives his initials with the combina- tion Epinephile janira Linn. on page [2]. The complete text for the genus Pelion consists of two lines of text as follows: “Pelion, W. F. K.” and “Linea, Fabr.” If any name in this paper has not been used since this 1858 publica- tion, its nomenclatorial status seems questionable. As indicated above, no page in this paper is numbered. The purpose for which this paper was printed, as indicated in the full title, suggests the reason for its present rarity. References Hemming, F., 1934. The generic names of the Holarctic butterflies. Vol. 1: 1758-1863: 184 + viii pp. 1032 East Santa Anita Ave., Burbank, Calif., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 105 THE GENETICS AND REPRODUCTIVE ISOLATING MECHANISMS OF THE PIERIS NAPI-BRYONIAZ. GROUP (cont. ) by Z. Lorxkovic III. GenrraL ARMATURE One of the most important reasons why bryoniz and napi have been considered to be conspecific is that no structural characters have ever been detected between the genitalia of the two forms in either sex. But this lack of differences need not be a decisive proof for their specific identity, since good species are known without any remarkable distinc- tion in the genitalia. The structural identity of copulatory organs is also evident from the fact that the pairing between bryonixz and napi takes place without mechanical hindrance. The other possible sexual isolating mechanisms will be discussed below. IV. THe KARYOTYPE The chromosome complexes of napi and bryoniz are identical in haploid chromosome count in the spermatocytes, with n = 25. The chromosomes are too small to show qualitative differences if standard cytological methods are used. An indirect indication for the qualitative differences could be given by the disturbance in the chromosome pairing during meiosis of the hybrids. Unfortunately a lot of fixed hybrid testes were accidentally lost on the occasion of a laboratory remodeling, but new testis material is in preparation and will be reported later. V. PHYSIOLOGICAL AND ECOLOGICAL CHARACTERS It has been impossible to carry out genetical analyses of the physio- logical features of the two forms owing to technical difficulties in our laboratory some 18 years ago. But since these physiological traits are as significant for their ecological interrelations as for their distribution, the most obvious gross differences are listed in Table 5. Among the characteristics listed in the table, the number of annual generations and very likely also temperature tolerance are heritable. Both traits are modifiable to a certain extent through environmental influences, and should therefore be looked into more thoroughly. We do not know to what extent foodplant preferences are hereditary or due to microclimatically conditioned behavior of the insects. No :*nOL2, Vol.16 Pieris napi — bryoniz LorkovIc: 106 ‘sjods Apeys ur Apsour sim990 SUIAY]-339 94} souls “sMopereut uedo A]yUenberz sso] “SpooM jO Slopioq pue spoom uly} ‘epnzye ‘ut QOQCT 0} dn surejunow oy} ur se [jam se urejd oy} Uy ‘(6S6I ZIney) Buohsg 0} 1011d read -de 0} ulees soseut 2dpu ‘104}080} In900 SUIIOF yi0q JO suoreindod pepooiq-efdyynur s10y AA ‘1dpu JO suorl}eIoUss OM} 94} Us9M}0q sT[eF Be Wohsg IY} JO SUIT} SUIATF OY} 1dDU papoorq-omM} oy? YA siopi1oq uonjejndod auohsg pepooiq -9[SUIS 94} SIOYAA ‘Ppepooiq F-G II9yYMAIOAT ‘OIBIUBJUOWY UL pue sdyy ueynf oy} ur DIDB1A2&] pyjamosig ‘sdjy ueryn{ oy} Ul nyof114y auruppiny ‘qoiseZ Ivau siysaayis vdwoy ‘(GEG zney) DUuoYy]Y = = “wmuquihsig ‘sidpurg “‘palwqiwg “DIDDLOUMLY * (PFET AIA) Dpasay pure vyofimuaz sixpjojdiq: ‘sisuajpid pue pinup aU pI) ‘wnyswupydp. snupydoy ‘ajpuaiffo wnuishiayq ‘pdoy ‘poissplg :SMo][OJ} se are spoog ‘ued poof ule}I90 B IOJ DOUsIEFOId se[NoIed ON ‘poom ay} JO Japi0g ayy } #2 IO pooM uly} Ur ATJsouL Ysnoy} ‘usdo sy} UI $339 oY} Avy [IM 6 6 SUL “OIAeYyoq BuLyLNS ON “(PS6I UeSi9}0q) SES’ = d eurysuns ur ‘ePT'9 seed Monee. Apnop caus PuEOoee ty ‘poos sutAv]-s30 ‘nsyey jo UsIS yNOYyTM ourysuns ul AZ 6S pue PP DoBs eaoqgy 1dpu "(SLysaays snug) soutd-yorlg yy Sol[BOO] UMOP JAMO, Jr ‘s}UdII0} Aq Aaljea 94} 0} peAOUIeL snysnu “gq YM sorpyTeooT ‘OPN “UA OOOT MOTPG “epn»nye “wt QOZZ-OOTT udeMjoq snydnu snuig jo suoiger Ayureyy ‘(asnedeip) uoneusoqry oy dojsaAsp ednd jo o8ezus010d urey00 & yorym Ul ommjerodurey ysty ysnoryy s[qeiyzIpout suonefndod puryysty oy} Jo poorq-o;3uts ouLL ‘pepooiq-¢-g Ayjenred 10 Ajazojduioo ‘ur Cogs 0} UMOPp SAoTTeA UIOyINOS 94} UT ‘UOl}e1OUeS 9uo ATWO “UW (0SSZ-NDOI Yeemyoq sdty oy} UT ‘(PS6L Ussiojoq ) o10Y4} JUASqe SI DYJaINISIg JOUTIS ‘yuejd poof esAtsnjoxe oy} st wayvoy siqosy O1OISSVIN OST Ivou oUOIe}OJW 9}UOJ, UO ATUGC ‘(PS6I UesIojog puke GEGT zINey 0} se [Jem se SUOT}VAIOSGO S$ IO}IIM OY} 0} SUIPIO9NR ) SUOISO1 MO] UL sIqoly pue idspjyy, 0} UoIyppe ur yuRTd poof perteyoid oy} IO suonendod papooiq -9[SUIS 94} Jo yuevjd poojz ATUO 94} Joyo ST DIDFIAe] vyjanosrg sedozorq pazesyseaut Te Uf ‘(PS6T Uasrej0q ) steodde uns usym poom 94} 0} AjozerIpouruut UInjel jnq “Apnofo usyA MOpReUT oY} 0} PooM oy} woz AT} § 4 suonefndod pueymoy oy} uy eels Mestetod) (e910 = d) Wonborjur ourysuns ur ‘(pcg = q) quonberz uoyHefndos ‘Apnojo usyM pue 559% IV “‘SUIAL[-389 JYSI[S 10 ou & & Ul ‘apeys oy} Ut : pesneyxe YS P P oy} ouTYsuNs UI ‘,9g aAOgY 21ohiq esnedeip jednd pue suojeioues jo sJequiny sousl1ejoid yeyIqey sjuevjd poo WSF Sutdvy-33y7 uorze[ndoy ain} e1aduie} AIO}VCIOP] uo 9o0Uepuedap A}ATOY 91n}ed J ‘udpu pure a@wohisg udemjoq soouaiazfIq, [eoIsojooy pue [eorsojorsAyg ey, °¢ aqey, eee enn SSS SSS 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 107 preference of bryoniz for Biscutella over other Cruciferz (as claimed by PETERSEN for his samples) was noted in captive populations by various breeders or by me. This applies not only to bryoniz, but in general more or less for other closely related pierid species that I have investigated in laboratory tests (P. rapz, manni, Anthocharis cardamines, belia, Pontia daplidice, Synchloé protodice, etc.). Notwithstanding, it is significant that Biscutella was found as the food plant of lowland bryoniz too, for example in Posavje near Ljubljana at the eastern part of the Karavanke Alps (Petersen 1954). However, near Hrastnik on the extreme limit of bryoniz range in Posavje, I found a small Arabis sp. on which a white bryoniz female laid eggs. Vice versa I have also seen napi females laying on Biscutella in the Julian Alps as well as at Durmitor in Montenegro at 1400 m. altitude. Slight differences of behavior toward foodplant species are difficult or impossible to detect in laboratory tests, and various cruciferous species known to be foodplants for bryoniz and napi should be transplanted to the natural biotopes of the two butterflies in order to test subtle differences in the strength of attraction of different plants to egg-laying females. Unfortunately, in this Atomic Age, funds are not available for such a harmless project. In short, in the ecology of the two forms, ape caily | in their physiological ecology, much remains to be resolved. RELATIONS BETWEEN MORPHOLOGICAL VERSUS COLOR CHARACTERS AND PHYSIOLOGICAL-ECOLOGICAL ONES. We have not been able to discover whether and how far a relationship may exist between any morpho- logical features and any physiological (i. e., ecological) ones; that is, we can say very little about possible pleiotropy of the color genes for which the Mendelian behavior is known. We have obtained some results for the allele pair B, b. Through ten generations, in which bryonizw x napi hybrids have been either crossed to each other or back-crossed with napi, the phenotypic manifestation of B has been maintained, but no remarkable differences in behavior, vitality or number of generations between Bb and bb individuals have been observed. After these many crossings, the allele Y, which controls the brownish yellow color, was completely lost, since the presence of this highly sex-controlled gene was not manifested in the males, so that one could never know what a male carried. Thus, no one of the physiological traits considered seems to be related to the gene B. Such characters, however, could be perhaps related to Y, since yellow strains will not hold out for more than a few generations. Great difficulty attended the attempts to maintain the W factor, which was never obtained in the homozygous condition. More detailed experi- 108 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 ments should of course be carried out, but it is evident that the typical physiological characters of bryoniz cannot be related to the W gene simply because there is only such a slight concentration of this gene in certain typical bryoniz populations. If the three allele pairs of bryoniz# and napi have no correlation with the physiological and ecological characteristics of these two forms, then these genes are bound to have a direct selective advantage. It may be that the dark and yellow-brown pigments act to capture radiant heat, which would be an advantage for animals of colder areas and would explain the distribution of the two forms in relation to climate. The adaptive correla- tion of W is unknown, but it could conceivably be investigated by com- paring habitats of the populations with various concentrations of this allele. VI. RECOMBINATION IN NATURE We come now to our main subject: to what extent may the amount of gene flow or, in other words, the frequency of crosses between bryoniz and napi in nature be deduced from the frequency of recombination in nature? In standard taxonomic practice, the amount of recombination is usually judged by the presence and proportions of intergrading morphological types found where two populations are in geographical contact. If intergrades are absent or very rare, the two populations are judged as species; if intergrades are common, judgement is usually for subspecific status of the populations. Curiously enough the recombination situation in the napi - bryoniz complex differs strikingly on the northern and southern sides of the Alps. Though both forms occur on both sides of the Alps, their recombina- tions are very rare on the northern side, while at the southern approaches there exist all the recombinations described above. Tables 6A to 6C and Figures 4 and 5 (from Petersen 1954) show variation classes of two characters, the dark markings and ground color. In these tables, napi is represented by the horizontal classes 1-3 and vertical 1 - 2, bryoniz by horizontal classes 5-9 and vertical 2 - 6. Table 6A illustrates clearly how in the Allgaéuer (northern) Alps, napi and bryoniz are sharply distinct from each other, the intermediates number- ing only one out of 174 samples. But in the south, for instance in Carinthia, as shown in Table 6B, there is no distinctly concordant gap between the variations of the two forms. Class 4 (horizontal), contrary to its rarity in the northern Alps, is in Carinthia even more common than the typical napi class 2 (horizontal). The most frequent combinations (bold face 1962 | Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 109 Fig. 3. Segregation in bryoniz and napi females in two backcrosses resulting from the mating of two similar heterozygous bryonizx sisters and two differently marked napi fathers: The father of brood I (upper level) had the melanic pattern very extended and dark, whereas the father of brood II (bottom) had the pattern very reduced and pale. At left are heterozygous bryonix 22, Bb, at right napi 2 2 homozygous for bb. numbers in the tables) are much closer together in Table 6B than they are in Table 6A. The discontinuity in the Vienna area (M6dling) appears to be nearly or quite completely lost (Table 6C). Since Tables 6B and 6C are based on museum specimens, napi may be under-represented, as PETERSEN has rightly pointed out. This suspicion was confirmed by his investigations near Modling, through which he learned that napi is really more frequently present than as noted in Table 6C. My in- vestigations in the Yugoslavian section of the southeastern Alps (Karawanke and Steiner Alps) are in substantial agreement with those of PETERSEN, but from here we also have breeding and crossing studies. So at Fala in the Drava valley (about 300 m. altitude) near Maribor (Marburg) a mixed bryoniz (flavescens) and napi population occurs (Table 6D). Both forms are double or even triple brooded. In the offspring of one of two wild yellow bryoniz females captured between 7 and 9 July 1931 (brood “Fala 1”) were one bryoniz male and one napi female. (At that time my rearing methods were still very imperfect, and a great number of caterpillars died of diseases. Later on, this obstacle was entirely removed.) They paired and yielded four imagos: 1 white 110 Lorxovic: Pieris napi— bryonizx Vol.16: no.2 Table 6. Frequency of variation classes of dark markings and yellow color in five localities (see text). Dark markings Yellow color 4. 15 9 il 1 10 42 $5 12 179 A. Allgauer Alps (northern Alps). 1 2 3 4 5 6 a 8 9 1 2 3 1 7 2 3 6 2 23 3 2 2 13 4 - 1 17 5 - 5 6 - 2 i 5 11 6 10 Hy 11 8 4. 67 B. Carinthia (southern Alps). 1 2 3 4 5 6 a 8 9 1 1 2 3 2 1 Ii 14 3 3 13 4 1 a 5 1 8 6 0 2 3 7 11 12 4. 0 i 0 45 C. Mdédling and the environs of Vienna. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 - - - - - 2 2 1 = : : : 3 3 1 - - - E 3 4. 1 2 - - - 3 5 - - 1 - - 2 6 - - - = - 0 3 2 1 0 0 13 D. Fala (Drava Valley). 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 111 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 : 1 é : 1 : : : ; 2 2 : : - 1 - 2 3 1 3 : : 1 1 1 1 1 : : 5 ay |b. = : : : 2 : . : : 2 = (| ee : : : : 1 ‘ : : 1 Gales : : - - - - : : 0 : 1 1 1 4 3 1 0 0 11 E. Rogovilec (Savinja Valley). Variability of the dark markings of P/nj bryoniae and the hybrid populations © ® © Gc @ N 0 50 100 150 200 km 27-36 37-46 47-56 57-56 67-76 i Treat Tar CEA: Fig. 4. Variability of the dark markings in the Alps (modified from Petersen, 1955). bryoniz female, 1 white bryoniz mosaic intersex, 1 napi male, and 1 napi female, a back-cross ratio as would be expected. From the other female (“Fala 2”) three generations were obtained and from two sib matings reared together, 44 bryonix and 3 napi females emerged, one of the latter having been yellowish. One of these two matings was probably BB X Bb, the other Bb X Bb. Thus it has been proved that among the offspring of bryonizw females from this locality specimens with napi traits segregate which cannot be distinguished by their phenotype from pure lowland napi. Thus it seems likely that the population of Fala has some similarity to that of Médling. . Another bryoniz population from which some broods were also reared has been found in the upper Savinja valley on the eastern end of the 112 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 ex 50 100 150 200km SSS ES _ ee Fig. 5. Variability of yellow ground color in the Alps (modified from Petersen, 1955). Karawanken Alps (Table 6E). Here all three pairs of bryoniz alleles are still present, since among five males one “rubtalba” napi was found. Among 11 females taken here at Rogovilec (about 650 m. altitude) during 10 to 17 August 1931, 2 show napi pattern on the yellowish versus white ground color. From the eggs of one female 3 imagos were reared the next spring. One of these, a deep yellow “radiata” female, already mentioned (brood “R X P-1932”), mated with a napi male from Podsused near Zagreb, where no other than homozygous napi occur. The 58 female descendants segregated in a dihybrid back-cross ratio, i.e. 14 yellow “radiata”, 14 white or whitish “radiata”, 16 yellow or yellowish napi, and 15 white napi. Accordingly, the “radiata” mother of this brood had been heterozygous for both the Bb and Yy alleles. It has also to be noted that a cross between one male of the three specimens reared from Rogovilec and a bryoniz# female reared from Fala gave 11 bryoniz# and 12 napi, both more or less yellowish, but among them were also three white napi which did not differ from any pure napi. Properly speaking, not one of about ten bryoniz broods from these two localities was true-breeding. If we add that the most characteristic wild bryoniz females were selected for the breeding experiments, one can easy imagine how highly mixed must be the genetic constitution of both the Fala and Savinja populations. On the strength of these breeding results, supported by PETERSEN'S analysis of the colonies at Médling and Carinthia, the conclusion must follow that the bryoniz populations of the south-eastern Alps cannot 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 113 Annual generations of Pi bryoniae and Pinjnapi in the northern Alps (after Petersen) Hii? Preris (n) nap/ IN] Amy Lryoniae Fig. 6. Seasonal and altitudinal distribution of Pieris bryoniz (univoltine) and napi (uni- or bi-voltine) in the northern Alps. be considered as a closed genetic entity reproductively separated from P. napi, because all these populations carry a more or less large amount of napi genes. The excellent Table 8 in the Miiller-Kautz work shows at a glance that what is true for the Falla and the Savinja valley is not less applicable to the more western parts of the Karawanken slopes, especially for the Singerberg district southward of Klagenfurt. This table likewise represents a clear dihybrid segregation, and if the under- sides of the hindwings had been visible too, a tri-hybrid segregation would appear. But once we have established the great difference in recombination frequency between the northern and southern Alps, how do we explain this unexpected situation? Part of the answer lies in a comparison of the ecological and temporal isolation between the two forms in the two regions. In the northern Alps, bryoniz and napi are sharply spatially and temporally isolated. There, bryoniz is almost exclusively single- brooded, and lives between 1350 and 1750 m. altitude. Its flight period lasts from mid-June until the end of July, with the greatest activity from the end of June to mid-July (Fig.6). P. napi, on the other hand, does not occur above 1150 during its first generation, and here flies from mid- May to mid-July, although at the end of the flight period, in mid-July, it does in rare cases fly up nearly to 1700 m. The second brood of napi flies after mid-July, but mainly in August, at a time when bryoniz 3 are finished and all of the bryoniw 2? 2 have already been fertilized. There is only a slight chance of the two forms meeting during their 114 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 mating periods. The exceptions are so infrequent as to be insignificant, but we shall mention them again later. On the southern side of the Alps, bryoniz lives at altitudes above 1100 m. and there has only one generation, as in the northern Alps. But it also occurs at lower elevations. On the slopes of the Karawanke Alps its range extends in the Sava Valley down to 200 m. Below 1100 m. bryoniz is two-brooded, and in the lowlands partially even three-brooded. It therefore overlaps napi spatially and temporally in adult breeding con- dition, so that one would expect to find all Mendelian combinations pos- sible between the two forms. Indeed, this is just what was found, and summarized in Tables 6B-6E. Despite the fact that conditions are favorable for a mixture of the two forms, their blending is still not total. Perersen (1954) argued as highly probable that in the populations from Médling and Posavje (Save Valley ) the hybrid populations would be slightly less well represented than either “pure” form (x? = 11.80, P<0.001). Hybrids do appear to be much rarer at higher elevations in the southern alpine valleys than they are in the lowlands. In Krnica Valley at the base of Prisojnik Peak in the Julian Alps, there lives at 1100 m. in a thin, low beech wood a pure napi population, while outside this wood in the vicinity of the torrents, where Pinus mughus forms the main cover, bryonix# (partially two- brooded) are seen flying. The caterpillars of napi live in the beech forest on Cardamine trifolia, while those of bryoniz feed on the plants of Biscutella levigata that fringe the low pine cover, Both butterflies remain faithful to their habitat and food-plant preferences. In conditions of frequent hybridization, these physiological characters should be ex- pected to form recombinations with the morphological ones. Proof that crossing is probably rather limited in Krnica Valley is the lack of the W gene in the napi individuals, while in bryonizw this gene is present in almost half of the individuals. Furthermore, yellow napi ? ? (Yy bb), which segregate only in the F. and the back-crosses, are here much rarer than in the Sava Valley or at Médling. Thus we see that in the higher parts of the southern Alps circumstances are much as in the northern Alps; that is, crossing appears to be considerably less frequent than in the lowlands. In the vicinity of the VrSi¢ pass between 1400 and 1700 m., almost fresh bryoniz of the first brood were found late in June and only one old napi female at 1400 m. More fresh napi females were found here in the first half of August when only the last few worn bryoniz were on the wing. This fact corresponds well with the lack of phenotypically detectable recombinations which carry the recessive allele b, since the recombination yellow napi females (Yy bb) were not yet 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 195 observed at these elevations in the Julian Alps. Thus one might get the impression that bryoniz and napi of the Julian Alps are as strictly re- productively isolated as they are in the northern Alps. This conclusion revealed itself as incorrect after some breeding and crossing experiments that led to a quite unexpected result. In the biotope of the “pure” bryoniz just mentioned, caterpillars of bryoniz were collected on Biscutella late in July 1947, and these were bred through to butterflies. These adults were partly paired among each other and partly with napi. Of seven such butterflies that paired and produced progeny, at least three (2 ¢ 0,1 2) were heterozygous for the B gene (broods 2 b, 4 b, 52). Two matings with napi yielded half bryoniz and half napi, while pairing with bryoniz yielded partly heterozygous animals, a fact manifesting itself only in their progeny, since in none of these four insects was it recognizable that they were of mixed type. It follows from this that the apparently pure highland single-brooded bryoniz population of the Julian Alps is far more heterozygous, i.e. mixed with napi, than could be expected from its morphological features. This “unexpectedness’, however, surprises only those who claim bryoniz to be a separate species, whereas in the view of the others the remarkable percentage of white bryoniz females in this district points to a consider- able flow of napi genes into this bryoniz population. With such a situation in highland populations, how large must be the inflow of napi genes in lowland bryoniz populations like those from Médling near Vienna, where the appearance of obvious hybrids nobody can deny. The circumstances remain as yet somewhat obscure only in the many bryoniz “races” from lowland districts of the Carpathian Mountains in Czecho-slovakia, as described by Moucua (1956, 1957, 1959). It does seem that the relatively large number of heterozygous insects captured in the larval stage in the higher elevations of the Julian Alps is fortuitously somewhat exaggerated, since the offspring of the bryoniz females captured as imagos in the same region and already fecundated there consisted of bryoniz as a rule. This may be explained by the fact that on the biotope of bryoniz, heterozygous insects pair predominantly with homozygous ones where the latter are in the majority, or perhaps the inbreeding F, hybrids show a decreased fertility that would put a strict limit to recombinations. Regardless of the explanation, this situation demonstrates with force how easily we may be mistaken about the genetic constitution of a population if it be considered only from the morphological point of view. 116 Lorxkovic: Pieris napi — bryonizx Vol.16: no.2 Crossing between bryoniz and napi is not restricted to the southern Alps, since hybrids have occasionally been found in the northern Alps. PETERSEN (1954b) discovered a bryonie 3 X napi 2 copulation in the Allgauer Alps, and there is a similar report by another writer. If we con- sider the fact that copulation in butterflies is rarely seen, even under the best conditions, then these two observations signify a relatively frequent occurrence of cross-pairing, conforming to the discovery of heterozygous bryoniz. Though we have established that the single-brooded high- altitude bryoniz populations are genetically not so pure as has been supposed, it is nevertheless evident that the crossing of two forms is not unlimited. Two factors seem worth further consideration: (1) sexual isolation and (2) the biotope preference. VII. Srxuat ISOLATION In the discussion of the physiological traits of our two forms, the question of sexual isolation has purposely been set to one side, so as to allow unbiased evaluation of the degree of reproductive isolation from data on recombination. In captivity, crosses between bryoniz and napi are rather readily carried out although not always, a result quite at variance with the usual difficulty in crossing fully distinct species of pierid butter- flies (Lorkovié 1928, 1957). But it has been noticed in the crossing tests that mating between bryoniz and napi is not absolutely free, either. PETERSEN (1952) and I have discovered independently that napi males are only slightly or not at all attracted by the yellow females. PETERSEN made experiments with dummies, in which he was able to demonstrate that yellow dummies only rarely attracted napi males. But the dark melanic bryoniz coloration has no influence on the attraction of napi 3&3; dark ? 2 with a white ground color have the same attractive effect as the pure ones. In my experiments, the white or whitish homozygous bryonize females, however dark they may be, are immediately pursued by napi males as soon as noticed, and in a few seconds pairing occurs. An unexpected result of PETERSEN’s experiments showed that bryoniz males also were much less attracted by the yellow bryoniz females than by the white napi females. This certainly complicates the matter, since it would seem to speak in favor of hybridization in at least one direction. This finding also agrees with PETERSEN’s observation of a bryonizx & X napi @ pairing in the northern Alps, as well as with the fact that he also obtained bryonix offspring from one napi ¢ from Médling. Conversely, two napi ¢ @ captured in Krnica Valley yielded only napi 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society L7 offspring (bb), and several caterpillars collected on Cardamine trifolia yielded only napi progeny. The attraction of bryoniz males by yellow bryoniz females must be largely a matter of the flight activity of the females. I have succeeded also in gaining attractiveness of the yellow females for napi males when the wings of the resting female were fastened in a folded position in such a way that the greenish-yellow underside of the hindwings (it should be not confused with the brownish- yellow color of the upperside) and the whitish underside of the forewings became visible. Since even the bryonix males are not as strongly attracted by their own yellow females as by the white, the negative attitude of napi males in relation to the yellow females cannot furnish compelling evidence of strong sexual isolation between napi and bryoniz. Sexual isolation by visual sense between the two forms is only a half-effective one, since in one direction (napi & X bryoniz ¢ ) hybridization is prevented, but not the reciprocal direction. Accordingly, the index of sexual isolation (ISI) calculated by the simplest way (i.e. the number of intraspecific minus the number of inter-specific matings divided by the total number observed [Smith, 1953] ) would be + 0.33, a rather low value; the index of complete isolation being 1.0, and that of no isolation zero. However, the visual attraction by color is not by itself decisive in promoting or preventing hybridization, since it represents an orientation factor for males at distance, as is evident from the well known fact that the males frequently approach other males as well as other white or whitish butterfly species. It is obvious that this distance-orientation be- havior would sometimes lead to pairing errors if other isolating mechanisms did not act preventively. Among such more effective isolating factors the specific odoriferous substances come especially into play by stimulating particularly the females to render the copulation possible. In pierid butterflies such readiness for mating may be recognized by a special behavior: a flying female, when approached by the male, alights and puts her wings upward (as in the resting position), which enables the male to land by the female, and copulation can take place. A non- stimulated female spreads the wings down, while its abdomen protrudes upwards, a position which makes copulation impossible. The same behavior follows after mating. There seems to be little or even no difference between the sexual odors of bryonizw and napi, since such a defensive posture of females against males of the other form was only exceptionally observed. However, a striking resistance of captive females to both the males, bryoniz and napi, is not rare, but it seems to have nothing to do with sexual differences between the species. 118 Lorxovic: Pieris napt — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 VIII. Hysrip VIABILITy Reared F, hybrids develop well and show normal vigor. However, this applies perhaps only to the summer brood with the subitan develop- ment, since PETERSEN and TENow (1952, 1954) found a rather great degree of mortality of the hibernating pupz, especially in females. PETERSEN considers this female mortality as the most important isolating factor. In my crossings I had not the occasion to confirm this finding because in our broods the hybrids always developed as the summer brood in the same season without diapause. BowpEN (1953) and BowpENn and Easton (1955) in their breeding in England obtained no significant mortality of F, hybrids, but stated that in certain broods, particularly when bryoniz was the mother, “many females seem to complete their diapause abnormally early, even before the winter, and in consequence emerge before the usual time’. As the males of butterflies under normal conditions emerge always a week or so before the females, BowpDEN held that just this “separation in time of emergences of the sexes provided an interspecific barrier of importance”. If this separation applies for the hybrids in nature, I do not see why this early emergence of females would be a reproductive barrier, since bryoniz# emerge somewhat later than napi and so the backcrosses with napi males would be preferred, decreasing by this way the important infertility of the F; hybrids. The latter will be discussed in the following section. IX. Hysrip STERILITY OR INFERTILITY The most obscure point in these investigations has been the question of the degree of hybrid sterility or infertility, although this is one of the two most-important aspects of the relationship between the two forms. Unfortunately, the climate of Zagreb is badly suited during summer for the rearing of alpine butterflies, and the fertility of the animals in the laboratory is affected adversely by the heat (Table 7, Broods 2b and 4b). The results obtained will all therefore bear checking under more natural conditions. In spite of the normal vigor of the F, hybrids as well as their apparantly normal gonads and germ cells, the fertility of the hybrids is obviously decreased but in a variable extent. In Table 7 is indicated the total of the offspring of the individual broods in the F; pairings, also of back- crosses and of pure bryoniz pairings for different strains. Brood 1 b n represents 11 inbred pairings of F, hybrids of one single napi x bryoniz cross which had produced 59 sound, vigorous hybrids. Series III shows 14 F, inbred pairings and 7 F, pairings among the progeny of various 119 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 1962 | ) 06 18 0 0 0 I € € S 6 [eIOL, jsnsny ‘Ajo 09'¢ 8ST T T S c wruodkiq-g | 1 ¥ oun{ ‘Avy OL'ST €9 T G 6 Pv euoAIq-q | q % SO'ST LO i T i 3 v 8 € 0G [P10L De OF FI PST] J[ Sc i p ts Or pes-y | TI 10'0>dSso'sT 61L8°'L=2* S9'P 0c 9T 18 I Z Z G porqsso19-y Ill UGE! 99 T T 6 I G perqui-y | III a0¥ vat 0 I I € ai | en 1€ [OL 98'0I OL I if p I ) peaqsso10-" y Ill G0'0<d>0'0S98'01 €8S6'F—=<XlOL'e ae 69 rd Ble v1 pequi-'g | III ve el I Fill 22S Or perqui-Ty | uq T spon deia seem Ee ees ee ee ge ee | See SNe 69-09 | 6b-0F | 6e-08 | 63-02 | 6t-0r | 61! 0 | spoorq “x jo yequinu zequmu ssulidsjjo Jo 1aquinu jo Ppootd OSPIOAY [ROL 94} 0} Jodsoar YIM spooiq Jo Aouanbei7 JOQUININ ‘BUIpse1q AIO}eIOGe] Ul wruohsg sind pur Sessoroyoeq ‘spriqdy a@uohig X idpu jo Aypunoaq *y eqQeJ, 120 Lorxkovic: Pieris napi— bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 parents, as well as 20 back-crosses (R) from 7 broods in which the F, hybrids were crossed either with wild napi or with napi from the F> generation. In the last case we are concerned with not entirely true back-crosses, since the Bb heterozygotes mate with the bb homozygotes of the same brood. As to the controllable Bb pair of alleles, this is of no importance, but for the other invisible characters, it is. If we compare the mean values of the total offspring of all F, x F, matings (144) with the total of the progeny of the back-crosses (301), the difference is striking (x*° = 7.8719, P < 0.01), with the offspring of the F, X F, pairings being almost three times less than in the back-crosses. But a more detailed comparison has revealed that the fertility of the F, broods varies considerably according to whether we are concerned with 1) inbred pairings from one single pair of parents, 2) inbred pairings in various F, strains, or 3) pairings among F, individuals of several different strains. The difference between the last and the back-crosses is less than that between the inbred and non-inbred F, matings. We may conclude that the decreased fertility of our F, hybrids is only partially due to the known reduction in fertility of inbred broods in general, since the inbred back-crosses show a fertility only slightly lower (13.20) than that of the non-inbred back-crosses (16.20 and 14.40). Pure napi can be bred through three of four generations without an important decrease in fertility. This applies also to other species of Pieridae: P. rapx, P. manni, P. ergane, P. daplidice. We have therefore to assume that the F, hybrids of bryoniz and napi in the inbred matings have considerably decreased fertility, since a very small number of eggs is laid, and of these up to 90%, or even 100% remain either unfertilized or undeveloped. On the other hand, the matings of F, individuals from different strains are noticeably more fertile, and the back-crosses show a nearly normal fertility. It is to be recalled that some larvee of bryoniz were captured as natural heterozygotes; these have turned out to be normally fertile as reared adults. One of these bryonizw 2 @ yielded abundant offspring, even when crossed with a (napi X bryonizw) &, indicating that neither the wild ¢@ nor the F; of the laboratory brood would be very highly sterile. Two other wild heterozygous bryoniz 3 3, paired with two homozygous bryoniz 2 9 and one napi 2, have also been established as normally fertile. Our results, indicating a greatly decreased fertility of the F; hybrids, are in rather astonishing contrast to the facility with which BowpEN obtained the F, generation by pairing F, individuals. On the contrary, in his crossings the difficulties arose with the third generation, which could not be obtained when F» individuals were mated inter se, so that 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 121 only the back-crosses were successful. The cause for this unexpected difference remains still obscure. BowbEN inclines to the explanation that the difference between English subspecies of napi and the Continental one could be responsible for this hybridization difference in the sense “that the reproductive barrier between bryoniz# and the adjacent sub- species of napi would be rather greater than that separating the more distant British subspecies” which is in no contact with bryoniz, an opinion expressed in a general sense by Huxtey (1942). However, Strepsins (1958: p.195) emphasized that “the available data do not indicate that those strains of the two species which occur sympatrically are more likely to form inviable or sterile hybrids than strains of the same two species which occur in different regions’. In fact, it would be just as reasonable to suppose the English climate more suitable than that of southeastern Europe for the breeding of such alpine butterflies as bryoniz and their hybrids. The breakdown with the F; generation could be accounted for as an effect of laboratory or breeding infertility. In any case, the considerable degree of decreased fertility of F, and/ or F, bryoniz X napi hybrids remains somewhat puzzling. X. ON THE DEGREE OF REPRODUCTIVE ISOLATION AND THE TAXONOMIC Status OF Pieris napi AND bryonizx Having established the genetical and reproductive relation between bryoniz and napi we can try to relate the degree of reproductive isola- tion between them to the various stages in the process of speciation, i.e. are they subspecies or full species. Such an attempt turns out to be by no means so easy to perform as one could imagine. In spite of the well defined species concept of to-day, established by the comprehensive works of RenscH (1929), DoszHansky (1935, 1951), Huxtry (1942), and Mayr (1942) as well as some other authors, it is clear only for sympatric populations; only in such cases may the existence of reproduc- tive isolation be deduced without experimenting. In allopatric popula- tions (forms, races, species, borderline cases), however, such a con- sideration of the degree of reproductive isolation is imposible; it always remains more or less subjective or arbitrary. Therefore, in this field of taxonomy great unconformity or even disagreement prevails. Especially difficult and apparently without any final criteria remains the designa- tion for intermediate stages between geographic races and species, which is left to one’s own judgment. Mayr (1931) attempted to alleviate the difficult situation by introducing the new category “superspecies’, but in fact the subjectivity was not removed, since the superspecies is com- 129, Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 posed mainly of allopatric “species” whose real isolation status remained uncertain. This began to be more and more important owing to the increasing experimental research on the innate reproductive isolating mechanisms in both animals and plants, often revealing incomplete stages of speciation. The lack of an appropriate taxonomic name or category for such an intermediary stage leads mostly the taxonomically uninterested workers to assign the uncertain cases either to subspecies or to species. Taxonomists, however, tend to promote such borderline cases to the species level, because of their unconscious desire to increase the actual number of species of the group they are dealing with. Clearly, such a situation cannot lead to a satisfactory knowledge of the actual occurrence of the borderline cases in nature, apparently highly under- estimated so far. Moreover, an important difficulty for the establishment of objective limits between the subspecies and the species are the differences in the number and degree of isolating mechanisms between species in different groups, of both animals and plants (Stebbins 1958). If we also add that the subspecies concept itself is seriously attacked or even denied (Wilson & Brown 1958, Gillham 1956, Burt 1954), it is clear that taxonomy at the infraspecific level is not in a satisfactory state. In regard to these considerations we are now going to compare the relation between napi and bryoniz with the circumstances in related pierid species known from my interspecific crosses carried out many years ago, although only a very limited part of this research has been published as yet (Lorkovié 1928, 1953, 1957). Of course, we shall try to account also for the generally accepted line in this matter and, finally, to formulate the characteristics of the intermediary stages between sub- species and the true species. 1) The first comparison which must be made concerns the morphologi- cal differences between napi and bryoniz. There are only two, in some populations also three, imaginal color differences; no visible differences exist in the larval stage and some slight and inconstant ones are present in the pupal stage. This is a far lower number of distinguishing characters than usually found between sympatric species, including Pieridae; e.g. the closely related and very similar species P. rapz and P. manni differ in as many as 24 structural and color-pattern characters. (Of course, this does not mean that there are as many different genes controlling these characters.) In contrast to the minute differences between manni and rapzx the differences between napi and bryonix are very conspicuous. If the two or three characters in napi and bryoniz were so inconspicuous as those between rapz and manni the former two forms would never be recognized even as two subspecies. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 123 The fact that there are no known differences in the genital armature, nor in any other structural character, is very important, for this is a circumstance rarely lacking among specific distinctions. 2) The considerable ecological difference between napi and bryoniz is greater than can usually be found between closely related species, so that in general it keeps apart the populations of both forms. However, the effect of the ecological distinctness varies greatly in its control over reproductive isolation, since it depends too much on environmental circumstances. This is shown by the great difference in the reproductive isolation between napi and bryoniz populations of the northern and the southern Alps, since in the former district napi and bryonizx behave as good species, in the latter, however, nearly as subspecies. 3) Sexual isolation is only half-way developed, because of the dis- crimination in the instinctive reaction of the napi males to the yellow female color stimulus. This must lead, along with the lack of spatial isolation, to frequent hybridization but not more than to about 33%. This percentage, however, surpasses manyfold what is know about sexual isolation between perfectly distinct pierid species; even between such closely related species as P. rape —P. manni, P. manni—ergane, P. ergane — P. napi the females always obstinately refuse the assaults of strange males, making hybridization by natural ways impossible. The index of reproductive isolation between these species is approximately 1.0. Also, among about 470 individuals of Leptidea sinapis and Leptidea morsei originating from their sympatric range near Zagreb only one suspected individual could be considered as a possible hybrid, and another one perhaps also as somewhat alike; hence the index of reproduc- tive isolation would be 0.9957 or = 1, i.e., the highest degree of isolation. 4) The incomplete sexual isolation between napi and bryonix con- cords well with the great amount of hybrids in nature, especially in lowland populations where napi and bryoniz overlap widely. Moreover, an unexpectedly high percentage of genotypicaly hidden hybrids were also found among the high alpine bryonix, mostly considered to be a pure-breeding population. All this surpasses by far the ordinary unre- markable share of the hybrids in populations even of very closely related sympatric species. 5) Although the F; hybrids of bryoniz X napi are of a very good vigor and with apparently normal production of spermatozoa and eggs, their fecundity is greatly reduced or even gone when they mate together. Since the F; hybrid sterility is doubtless a characteristic of species 124 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 hybridization, bryoniz and napi should be considered as separate species. However, the high fertility of the F; hybrids in back-crosses does not agree with what commonly occurs in species hybridization. My pierid crosses between the well known species or genera: Pieris rape x P. napi, P. manni X P. napi, Pontia daplidice x Synchloé protodice, Euchloé belia x Anthocharis cardamines yielded hybrids with degenerated gonads and germ cells, so that the hybrids were completely sterile in F,; X F; matings as well as in back-crosses. Nevertheless, the crosses between the closely related intrageneric species Pieris rape xX P. manni, Leptidea sinapis < L. morsei, Anthocharis cardamines X A. euphenoides are also completely infertile when mated with each other, although their production of gametes seems to be normal, except the disturbed chromosome pairing and distribution in meiosis. But it is significant that the back-crosses with the parental species were almost completely sterile too, as a rather great number of (rapz# X manni) ¢ backcrosses gave rise to only one, two, or three offspring of reduced viability and no fecundity. The other two hybrids were also in the backcrosses entirely sterile. There is only one case as yet known from the pierid crosses, Pieris ergane @ X P. (napi X bryoniz) 3& which produced a F»2 genera- tion — true for a few individuals only —and a successful backcross. However, although napi and ergane are in their anatomical structure extremely similar, their sexual isolation is complete. This short comparison of the bryoniz -napi case with other pierid crosses shows that the reproductive isolation between bryoniz and napi is at such a low level that neither the partial sexual barrier, nor the decreased hybrid fertility and the ecological distinctness, may prevent a considerable gene flow, greatly surpassing any usually known to occur between species of this family. On the other hand the breeding is also far from being panmictic (with the isolation index — 0), so that the relation between napi and bryoniz cannot be classificed as a subspecific one, either. Strangely enough, experimental crosses between subspecies of Lepidoptera are rather scarce, so that we are not able to give a good comparison of our case with other crosses between subspecies of a single species. This is not surprising if the difficulties of getting breeding material from afar are taken into account. Therefore we must content ourselves with the well known assumption that there are usually no barriers, neither sexual nor those of hybrid sterility, to crossing among races. Of course, there are exceptions to this, but one wonders whether in those occurences borderline cases are involved. We must, therefore, conclude that our analysis gives us no strong support for the classification of the napi and bryoniz as either two species 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 125 or as subspecies. They are at the typical transitional stage between the subspecies and the species. Such transitional stages in butterflies had been called “semispecies” independently by KirrtakorrF (1948) and myself (1953, 1955, 1957). Each attempt to classify bryoniz as a species or subspecies has not dealt with reality, but rather has tried to insert the different stages of speciation into a rigid system which cannot apply to refined taxonomy which fits adequately various evolutionary problems. SUMMARY 1. Pieris napi L. and bryoniz Ochs. differ morphologically in three groups of alleles of which the allele B for the melanic bryoniz pattern is dominant over the allele b for napi, and the allele W for the white color of the underside of the hindwings is dominant over yellow, w. The brownish yellow color of bryoniz females is not entirely dominant over the white one of napi and is probably multifactorial. 2. The restriction of bryoniz to the Alps, Carpathians, and the northern parts of Europe, Asia, and North America is connected with genetic ecological preferences for low temperature and certain food plants as well as to univoltinism. This ecological distinction is the prin- cipal reproductive barrier between populations of napi and bryoniz. 3. The effect of ecological distinction on reproductive isolation de- pends greatly upon the climatic conditions; these are more effective in the northern Alps than in the southern, and in the latter hybrid populations are the rule. 4. The partial breakdown of ecological isolation leads to extensive hybridization, the sexual isolation being restricted mainly to the napi males, which are less attracted by the yellow bryonix females. 5. The third partial isolating machanism is the infertility of the F; hybrids which is particularly high in inbred F; matings, lesser in matings between different F, strains, and low in back-crosses. 6. Accordingly, a comparatively great amount of gene flow between the populations of napi and bryoniz occurs in districts where the popula- tions are not kept apart by the ecological barrier. This gene flow surpasses very greatly that between other closely related sympatric species of Pieridz which have been studied in Europe. 7. Consequently, bryoniz can by no means be considered as a true species but only as a transitional stage between subspecies and species; such incomplete stages of speciation can best be denoted as -SEMISPECIES. : 126 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryonizx Vol.16: no.2 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am greatly indebted to Dr. Witt1aM L. Brown, then of the Museum of Compara- tive Zodlogy, Cambridge, Massachusetts, and to Dr. CHartes L. REMINGTON, Department of Biology, Yale University, for critically reading this manuscript. The field research was in part supported by’ the Veterinary faculty and the Rectorat of the University of Zagreb. References Bowden, S. R., 1953. Timing of imaginal development in male and female hybrid Pieride. Entomologist 86: 255-264. eat ee , 1956. Hybrids within the European Pieris napi L. species-group. Proc. so. London ent. nat. hist. soc. 1954-55: 135-159. ee es , 1957. Diapause in female hybrids: Pieris napi adalwinda and related subspecies. Entomologist 90: 247-254, 273-281. Src RELAY , 1958. Sexual mosaics in Pieris. Lepid. news 12: 7-13. Bowden, S. R., & N. T. Easton, 1955. Diapause and death: further observations on imaginal development in Pieris hybrids. Entomologist 88: 174-203, 104-210. Burt, W. H., 1954. The subspecies concept in mammals. Syst. zool. 3: 99-104. Dobzhansky, T., 1935. A critique of the species concept in biology. Philos. of science 2: 344-355. ach Sere AA | , 1951. Genetics and the origin of species, 3rd ed. 364 pp. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. Forster, W., & T. Wohlfahrt, 1955. Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas, Band II. Tagfalter. 126 pp., 28 pls. Franckh’sche Verlagshandlung, Stuttgart. Gillham, N. W., 1956. Geographic variation and the subspecies concept in butter- flies. Syst. zool. 5: 110-120. Goldschmidt, R., 1928. Einfiihrung in die Vererbungswissenschaft, 5th ed. 568 pp. Springer Verl., Berlin. Hesselbarth, G., 1952. Bemerkungen zu Pieridenzuchten 1950-1951. Trans. IXth int. congr. ent. 1: 172-176. Huxley, J., 1942. Evolution: The modern synthesis. 645 pp. G. Allen & Unwin Ltd., London. Kiriakoff, S. G., 1948. On the so-called “lower” taxonomic categories. Lepid. news 2: 3-4 (see also p.15). Lorkovié, Z., 1928. Analyse des Speziesbegriffes und der Variabilitat der Spezies auf Grund von Untersuchungen einiger Lepidopteren. Glasnik (Acta soc. sci. nat. Croatica) 38: 1-64. ENR eek ite , 1950. Neue ostasiatische Arten und Rassen der Gattung Leptidea nebst Nomenklatur Berichtigung. Glasnik biol. sek. (Per. biol. soc. sci. nat. Croatica), Ser. II/B, 2/3: 57-76, 2 pls. see eon , 1953. Spezifische, semispezifische und rassische Differenzierung bei Erebia tyndarus Esp. I, Il. “Rad” acad. Yugosl. (Zagreb) 294: 269-358, 163- 224. SE ee , 1955. Semispecies a necessary new taxonomic category. Biol. Glasnik 7: 236-237. ce , 1958. Die Merkmale der unvollstandigen Speziationsstufe und die Frage der Semispezies in die Systematik. Uppsala univ. arsskrift 1958: 159-168. Mayr, E., 1931. Notes on Halcyon chloris and some of its subspecies. Amer. mus. novit. 486: 29 pp. ae ets , 1942. Systematics and the origin of species. 334 pp. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. Mayr, E., E. G. Linsley, & R. L. Usinger, 1953. Methods and principles of syste- matic zoology. 328 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 127 Moucha, J., 1956a. Contribution a la connaissance de Pieris bryoniz O. des Carpathes. Bull. soc. ent. Mulhouse 1956: 21-25. Sane aa a , 1956b. Sur la systématique de Pieris bryoniz O. des Carpathes. Bull. soc. ent. Mulhouse 1956: 61-67. i , 1957. Pieris napi L. und Pieris bryoniz O. im Vihorlat-Gebirge. Acta ent. mus. nat. Pragz 32: 91-100. Agee ie , 1959. Neueste Forschungsergebnisse tiber unsere Lepidopteren Fauna und deren Bedeutung fur die L6sung zoogeographischer Fragen in der Tschechoslowakei. Acta faunist. ent. mus. nat. Pragze 4: 3-81. Miller, L., 1933. Pieris bryoniz O. und napi L. Int. ent. Zeits. (Guben) 27: Miller, L., & H. Kautz, 1938. Pieris bryoniz O. und Pieris napi L. 191 pp., 16 pls. Oesterr. Ent. Verein, Vienna. Peter, K., 1950. Die Variabilitat von Pieris bryoniz O. inneralb einer Population. Mitt. Minchener ent. Ges. 50: 181-202. Petersen, B., 1952. The relations between Pieris napi L. and Pieris bryoniz Ochs. Trans. IXth int. congr. ent. 1: 83-87. ee Eee , 1954. Egg-laying and habitat selection in some Pieris species. Ent. Tidskrift 75: 194-203. ripe hla , 1955. Geographische Variation von Pieris (napi) bryoniz durch Bastardierung mit Pieris napi. Zool. bidr. Uppsala 30: 355-397. Petersen, B., & O. Tenow, 1954. Studien am Rapsweissling und Bergweissling (Pieris napi L. und Pieris bryoniz O.). Isolation und Paarungsbiologie. Zool. bidr. Uppsala 30: 169-198. Petersen, B., O. Tornblom, & N. O. Bodin, 1952. Verhaltensstudien am Rapsweiss- ling und Bergweissling (Pieris napi L. und Pieris bryoniz O.). Behaviour 4: 67-84. Rensch, B., 1929. Das Prinzip geographischer Rassenkreise und das Problem der Artbildung. Borntrager Verlag, Berlin. Smith, S. G., 1953. Reproductive isolation and the integrity of two sympatric species of Choristoneura. Canad. ent. 85: 141-151. Stebbins, G. L., 1958. The inviability, weakness, and sterility of interspecific hybrids. Adv. genet. 9: 147-215. Wilson, E. O., & W. L. Brown, 1953. The subspecies concept and its taxonomic application. Syst. zool. 2: 97-111. Biological Institute, Medical Faculty, University of Zagreb, YUGOSLAVIA 128 Vol.16: no.2 BUTTERFLIES AT LIGHTS L. S. Puiures’s note concerning Nymphalis j-album Boisduval & Le Conte, and Pieris rapx L. at lights, in vol.15: page 101 of the Journal, attracted my interest considerably. The reason for this is that at that time I had taken a butterfly at a light. Since then I have taken three more. The first instance was the capture of a male Strymon liparops Le- Conte on the screen door of my home in Petersburg, N. Y., late in July 1961 around 10:30 in the evening. The fluorescent light was on inside, as was the incandescent light on the porch; and as I stood there capturing moths at the outside light, this Strymon flew in and landed on the screen door. The second occurrence involved a female Hamadryas_ februa Fruhstorfer. The place was the Hotel Valles, Cd. Valles, S. L. P., Mexico. There at about 10 p.m. on July 31, 1962, as I was returning past a pre- viously investigated outside light bulb in my rounds for moths, I dis- covered this Hamadryas quietly clinging to the ceiling about a foot from the bulb itself. It was a moderatly strong bulb, but the yellow walls of the outside corridor where it was located increased the area of bright- ness considerably. The third occurrence was the following night at 10:30 p.m., and like the first it involved a screen door also. This time it was at a house in McAllen, Texas, involving a male Libytheana bachmanii Kirtland, a species which was particularly abundant there at the time. I had just stepped outside for several minutes, and when I returned to enter the house there was this Libytheana, apparently attracted by the incandescent light inside. The most recent instance was yet a fourth species at a still different location. Just before 10 p.m. on August 9, 1962, I did a double-take when I looked up at the porch light of my parents home in Kingston, Penn- sylvania. We had just greeted some visiting friends goodnight after talking on the porch for 15 minutes or so, and with the natural instinct of the collector I glanced up at the light bulb in the ceiling to see if there were any moths. This time it was a female Speyeria cybele Fabricius quietly clinging to its perch there on the ceiling within two inches of the bulb. All four specimens are in slightly worn condition. What to me in 1961 seemed like an interesting curiosity, must be of much more frequent occurrence than is generally observed, at least by the entomologist. Davin W. Bouton, RD No. 2, Petersburg, N. Y., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 129 COLIAS ACTIVITY IN NOVEMBER AND DECEMBER IN PENNSYLVANIA by ArtHuR M. SHAPIRO In the past few years of collecting in and around Philadelphia, Pa., I have repeatedly observed and taken specimens of the Common and Orange Sulphurs (Colias philodice Latreille and eurytheme Boisduval ) in the months of November and December, long after all butterflies save the hibernating nymphalids have disappeared. The circumstances surrounding the appearance of butterflies in so unlikely a season are quite interesting. Both species of Colias are extremely abundant here, and as is usual for very numerous species it is fairly difficult to distinguish broods. There appear, however, to be four, centered in late April — mid May, late June —early July, late July —mid August, and September — early October. The late November— December specimens, while fairly numerous, do not approach in abundance even the smallest of these regular broods, that in early spring. Furthermore, they do not appear to be holdovers from the early fall brood. An occasional very worn specimen of either species has turned up as late as Nov.26, and these I unhesitatingly assign to the fourth generation. But the great majority of the late season specimens are very fresh. They consist largely of “ariadne’- type eurytheme of both sexes, with some white females, and a con- siderably smaller number of philodice, both sexes, also with some white females. These specimens all show very heavily dusted hind wings beneath, and in the females above as well, with very narrow black borders in the males (especially reduced in philodice). The discocellular spot of the hind wing is very large and brightly colored in female eurytheme, and sometimes is enlarged in a “point” as in C. hecla. The specimens are generally small, and a few are quite diminutive. In general, they resemble very closely specimens taken in the month of April. The appearance of these individuals in late fall coincides with the second or third day of a spell of milder, sunny weather. For example, in 1961: the September brood was definitely on the wane by October 29, with only a few, rather worn specimens taken. Despite unseasonably mild weather following, with a record-breaking 80°F. on November 5, only scattered, quite worn Colias were noted. After a brief cold spell 130 SHAPIRO: Colias Vol.16: no.2 warm weather returned in the period from the 12th to the 16th, but only one specimen, again a worn one, was observed. An inch of snow fell on the night of the nineteenth. No specimens were observed from then until the 26th. It had been mild for two days, and on that date, with temperatures of 59°-32°, 17 fresh specimens were taken. These were the first fresh Colias taken since October 25. It got cold again the next day with the highest temperature for the week 50° on both the 2nd and the 3rd. On the first day two male eurytheme were taken, and on the following day, twelve specimens, consisting of three male and four female eurytheme, two male and one female philodice, and one white female of each. Again, all were quite fresh. Bad weather, but with con- tinued mild temperatures, occurred for the next two days. The last captures for the season were made on Dec. 6. They consisted of four male eurytheme and two females, one of which was white. The over- night low for the 6th was 25° and despite a high of 45°, diligent searching failed to turn up any Colias on the 7th. Following that date the only mild temperatures have occurred during rainy spells, with all clear days quite cold and sub-freezing temperatures each night. No sign of butterfly life has been evident although the collecting area has been frequently examined. All of these notes refer to one locality. The earliest fresh emergents of the fourth brood were noted there in early September, reaching their peak about Sept.23. This means that it is altogether possible that the offspring of these butterflies could be capable of emerging in late Novem- ber or December. For example, in frequent breeding, the writer has observed that for C. eurytheme the average duration of each stage is as follows: egg, five days; larva, eighteen days; pupa, seven days. Of course, the emergence from the pupz is ordinarily delayed until spring. The only plausible explanation for the appearance of these butterflies is that they are in reality part of the same brood as those that will appear the following April from the overwintering pups. That some of these pupz may have developed to a fair extent during warm weather in October and early November, so that brief mild spells later on permit them to mature and emerge as butterflies, seems quite probable. The writer has taken Sulphurs as late as Dec.16, 1959 (the latest record known to me in the North) (temperatures 62°-36°). Any records of this sort, especially with information concerning the weather at and preceding the time of collection, would be appreciated by the writer. 7 7636 Thouron Ave., Philadelphia 50, Pa., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 131 OBSERVATIONS AND RECORDS OF BUTTERFLIES ATTRACTED TO LIGHT IN INDIA by Juxran P. DonaHuE Recent papers by THRONE (1961), ANDERSEN (1960), and MaTHER (1959) have recorded observations of North American butterflies at- tracted to light at night. This paper will present new observations of Indian butterflies attracted to light, along with a brief summary of previous records. Six species of six different families are discussed. J. I. Atrrey states in a paper by Best (1951) that he observed Papilio demoleus demoleus Linnezus (Papilionide) frequenting “Kitson oil lamps” at night, at the railway station in Jhansi (southern Uttar Pradesh State, north central India) during a migration. No date or other information was given. This species is very common throughout India, but is normally seen only in the daytime, and I have never seen it active in the evening. Usman (1956) records Talicada nyseus (Guérin) (Lycenidz) as being attracted to light sometime during March-May, 1955 in Bangalore (Mysore State, south India). The number of individuals attracted was not mentioned. Though this species is not common, WyYNTER-BLYTH (1957) says it is locally abundant. He further states that it is a weak flyer, prefers shade to sunshine, and keeps on the wing until almost dark. Best (1956) mentions that a Gangara thyrsis (Fabricius ) ( Hesperiide ) flew into his flat on Malabar Hill, Bombay (Maharashtra State, west coast) at 9 p.m., and settled on a lamp where he caught it with his fingers. The date was between early February and the end of June, 1956. WynTER-BLYTH (1957) states that this large skipper is crepuscular — rest- ing during the day but being active shortly after dawn and again at dusk. In New Delhi, India, on October 1, 1961, I collected two Danaus chrysippus (Linnzeus) (Danaidz) at night. The first, a female, was collected at 11:05 p.m. When first noticed the butterfly was flopping about our 150 watt porch light, as a slow-flying moth would. When I returned with my net it had lit inside the shade of the light, and was less than four inches from the light. It flew out again and I had to net it in the air. It was a very “buggy” night — mostly Orthoptera and very few Heterocera. Temperature was 80°F. At 11:30 p.m. on the same night, a male Danaus chrysippus was flop- ping about on the floor of our back porch, which was illuminated by a 3) DonanvuE: Butterflies at light Vol.16: no.2 TOP ROW: left, Papilio demoleus, New Delhi, India; right, Danaus chrysippus 2, collected at light in New Delhi on 1 Oct. 1961. BOTTOM ROW: left, Melanitis leda, form “determinata”, underside, collected at light in New Delhi on 29 Aug. 1961; right, Precis orithya 2, collected at light in New Delhi on 17 Nov. 1961. (Scale numbered in centimeters. Photograph by the author) 60 watt bulb. When it was not flopping it rested on the floor, slowly opening and closing its wings. I let it crawl onto the rim of my net and held it up to the light, but the insect only walked slowly around the rim of the net. I nudged it off and it spiraled back down to the floor, ap- parently not so strongly attracted to the light as the female. Both specimens were in near perfect condition. This species is one of the commonest butterflies of the Indian plains. Wynrer-BiyTH (1957) says it flies from dawn to dusk. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 133 On November 17, 1961 at 4:40 am. I saw a female Precis orithya (Linnzeus) (Nymphalidz) resting motionless on the floor of the front porch in New Delhi, about eight feet away — in a direct line — from the 150 watt light. It was easily caught and was not very active. Temperature 60°F. While I drove through desert scrub at night with a spotlight, about 50 miles south-southwest of Pali, Rajasthan State (northwest India), on October 6, 1961, a Precis orithya flew into the open Jeep, where it was caught and identified. But this specimen had obviously been disturbed by the passing vehicle, and happened to fly inside. It is a very common species that has a strong preference for sun and desert or dry areas. The greatest number of records I have for the nocturnal occurrence of a single species, however, is for Melanitis leda (Drury) (Satyride). On August 29, 1961 a very active M. leda ( wet season form “determinata” Butler) was netted as it fluttered around our New Delhi porch light. On August 31, 1961 another specimen was seen on our porch, but it was too active to capture (it persisted in settling at the base of the ceiling fan, about 15 feet up). On September 24, 1961 a M. leda form “deter- minata’ was seen on our New Delhi porch at 11:30 p.m. It was about one foot from a 60 watt bulb, hanging upside down from the ceiling. When I failed to catch it with my fingers it left its resting spot and flew around the bulb, then spiraled below the bulb, rapidly rising, falling, and circling just as a disturbed and confused moth would. It abruptly landed and I caught it. The temperature was 81°F., the moon full, and the night was damp and dewy (it had rained in the morning). On November 2, 1961 two M. leda (wet season - dry season transi- tion forms) were observed flying around our New Delhi porch at 5:47 p.m. (just 12 minutes after official sunset). I turned on the 60 watt light and one of the individuals immediately flew to the light. By 6:00 p.m. both individuals had settled near the light (both were about 50 inches away). The temperature was 67°F. at this time. Periodic observations were made until 12:45 a.m. the next morning, when the temperature had dropped to 64°F. One individual remained stationary in its original position throughout the period of observation. The other was inclined to change positions more frequently: at 6:21 p.m. it was 21 inches from the light, at 6:22 p.m. it moved to within 12 inches of the light, and at 11:42 p.m. it was about 14 inches from the light. By 10:00 a.m. the next morning both butterflies were gone. Finally, on November 28, 1961 I collected a M. leda (dry season form “ismene” Cramer) at 9:50 p.m. at Karwar, Mysore State (west 134 DonaHvuE: Butterflies at light Vol.16: no.2 coast). The insect was flying around a rather dimly lit porch and was very active. The Arabian Sea was about 150 feet away. Melanitis leda is common throughout India, but is strongly crepuscular in its habits. It only begins flying at dusk, and I have often watched numbers of them flying about until it was too dark to see them any more. Wynter-BiytH (1957) said that this species is “ ... so common in certain areas as to be a nuisance around lights in the evening” (page 123). SUMMARY AND Discussion Only a few general observations and comments can be made at this time. It will be noted that three of the species discussed (Papilio demoleus, Precis orithya, and Danaus chrysippus) are normally sun- loving species and retire at dusk, while crepuscular activity is recorded as normal for Gangara thyrsis, Talicada nyseus, and Melanitis leda. However, it appears that some of these last three crepuscular species (especially M. leda) are more active at night than the three sun-loving species. In other words, from the data available it appears that crepus- cular species occur more frequently at lights, which is what one might be led to suspect. Most of the observations that were accurately dated (M. leda, D. chrysippus, and Precis orithya) were made either during or soon after the rains of the southwest monsoon (about mid-June to mid-September), when the majority of annual rainfall occurs in India. However, I have not had the opportunity to make observations during the spring and dry season (around February to June). It might also be noted that in arid areas, where my observations were made (New Delhi), butterfly numbers are greatest during the monsoon season, when there is an abundance of food. In this instance, therefore, the population peak coincides with the rainy season, and either one or both of these factors may influence the activity of certain species at lights. For M. leda, the temperatures at time of attraction to lights ranged from 64°F. to 81°F., a spread of 17 degrees. However, from November 2, 1961 until the preparation of this paper (early February, 1962) I have not recorded any species attracted to our house lights in New Delhi. This is the winter season; the temperature between 10:00 p.m. and midnight is usually between 45° and 50°F., and may drop to near freezing before morning. A check of the immediate neighborhood has shown that the three species for which I have recorded observations do not appear to be present during the winter as active imagines. Tempera- 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 135 ture probably has some effect upon the nocturnal activity of the species in question. THRONE (1961) suggests that a butterfly may fly to a light if it is disturbed at night, and is near the light in the first place. This may be so in some instances, but in other cases the butterfly probably would have to expend some effort to reach the light. For example Gangara thrysis flying into a room, and most of the butterflies observed on our porch — Precis orithya, M. leda, and D. chrysippus — which would have had to have flown over 50 feet, over a hedge, from the nearest spot that these species normally frequent. Granted, they may have settled on the property at dark, but in that case the only thing to disturb them would have been an occasional cat. Further observations and experimentation will undoubtedly aid in the interpretation of this interesting phenomenon. A thorough search through literature on Indian Lepidoptera may produce further obscure references to butterflies being attracted to lights at night. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I would like to thank Dr. H. M. Harris of The Ford Foundation, New Delhi, for reviewing this paper. Literature Cited Andersen, W. A., 1960. Capture of Nymphalis j-album in Maryland at night. Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 62. | Best, A. E. G., 1951. The butterflies of Bombay and Salsette. Journ. Bombay nat. hist. soc. 50: 331-339. red eee), , 1956. Further notes and additions to the list of butterflies from Bombay and Salsette. Journ. Bombay nat. hist. soc. 54: 215-216. Mather, Bryant, 1959. Vanessa atalanta taken at Atlantic City at 2 A.M. Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 18. Throne, Alvin L., 1961. Lycznopsis pseudargiolus in light trap. Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 242. Usman, S., 1956. Some insects attracted to light. Part III. Journ. Bombay nat. hist. soc. 53: 482-484. Wynter-Blyth, M. A., 1957. Butterflies of the Indian region. xx + 523 pp., 72 pls. (27 col.). Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay. 928 N. Fifth St., Harbor Beach, Mich., U. S. A. 136 Vol.16: no.2 NOTE REGARDING HABITATS AND RHOPALOCERA OF DONNER PASS, CALIFORNIA In our previous paper (Emmel & Emmel, 1962) on the Donner Pass butterfly fauna, we unfortunately omitted a description of the fourth plant association in the Dry-Meadow habitat. This association, called here the Lake Mary road area, is listed in Table 1 and shown in Figure 2 of that paper; the following remarks should be added after the “Summit Valley” description (1962: p.28): 2-D. LAKE MARY ROAD This is the dirt road from Donner Summit (Highway 40) to the Sugar Bowl Lodge; it passes by Lake Mary and parallels the railroad snowsheds. The area (elevation 7000 feet ) is generally dry and covered by chaparral- like plant growth. Typical plants are Ceanothus and buckwheat (Eriogonum), with a few willows (Salix). A FURTHER NOTE: Because of the identical butterfly faunas of the two sub-habitats listed under “1. Wet Meadow” (1962, p.27), the data concerning the two faunas were combined in one column (Habitat “1”) in Table 1 (1962, p. 37-38). We thank Dr. C. B. WitiiaMs for bringing these points to our attention. Reference Emmel, Thomas C., & John F., 1962. Ecological studies of Rhopalocera in a High Sierran Community — Donner Pass, California. I. Butterfly associations and distributional factors. Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 23-44. Tuomas C. EMMEL, Reed College, Portland, Oregon, U. S. A. Joun F. Emmet, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. SONG SPARROWS FEEDING ON LEPIDOPTERA For the past few days, June 4th through 7th, 1962, I have noticed the common Song Sparrow, Melospiza melodia, hawking insects here. Upon closer inspection it was ascertained that very often the insects were lepidopterous. Many moths (I am not able to identify moths ) were taken. Several Everes comyntas, Strymon, Lycznopsis argiolus, and Lyczna phleas americana were also ingested by the sparrows. W. L. Otson, S. J., St. Stanislaus Seminary, Howdershell Rd., Florissant, Mo., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 137 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of Frep T. THorNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., El Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) A LITTLE ABOUT THE LITTLE-KNOWN PAPILIO INDRA MINORI by Donato EFF In July of 1937, the Colorado Museum of Natural History published as Volurne XVI, Number 1 of their Proceedings a small check-list of “Butterflies of Colorado” by Frank Cray Cross. In this check-list Cross listed 241 species, including two new subspecies, one of which he named Papilio indra minori. Inasmuch as this 28 page pamphlet of “Butterflies of Colorado” has long been out of print and few collectors have seen or read the original description of Papilio indra minori, I should like first of all to repeat it here. “Differs widely from typical indra in having well-developed tails on the secondaries, and narrower primaries; and from pergamus by a great suppression, or total absence in some specimens of the yellow median bands on the wings, as well as by an invariable absence of any yellow at all on the abdomen. Typical indra submarginal band on the under side of fore wings. “This butterfly, which was discovered by Mr. W. C. Minor of Fruita, Colorado is known to occur only in a small area called the “Black Ridge Breaks”, in Mesa County. It flies for about two weeks in late April or early May. No second brood. “Holotype and allotype in the author’s collection in the Colorado Museum of Natural History; thirteen paratypes.” The foregoing is not what could be termed a very detailed description. However, since my purpose in writing this article is not to discuss differences or similarities, suffice to say that it is a very distinct subspecies, easily recognizable. What I do want to do is tell a little about the distribu- tion, history, and an unusual characteristic of this rarity. Papilio indra minori, since the date of it’s description, has always been regarded, and rightfully so, as one of the rarest of all North American butterflies. There are several reasons for this, the most important one being it’s extremely limited locale. Add to that the inaccessibility of this locality and the fact that there is only one collector in that entire section of the state, and that he is no longer very active in the pursuit of Lepidoptera, and the reason for the scarcity of this butterfly in collections is apparent. 138 ErF: Papilio indra minori Vol.16: no.2 The type locality, referred to in the original description as the “Black Ridge Breaks”, would indicate that it was generally found throughout the canyons and cliffs bordering Black Ridge. Actually, until 1959 the only known locality was a place called Coal Mine Point on the northwest side of Black Ridge, and here the butterfly was found only along the Ridge, west from Coal Mine Point for a distance of about one-fourth of a mile. This “home” of minori is now isolated! Nature has provided the safeguards on three sides and man has barred the only logical entrance. On the two sides of the mesa closest to the type locality, the edge of the mesa is cut by fantastic, red-walled canyons. Most of the canyon walls are perpendicular and impassable for anything except birds. To the south the mesa, after extending for many miles from the type locality of minori drops off more gradually into Glade Park. However, the distance from the south through miles and miles of farm land, and then many miles more across the pinon and sagebrush of Black Ridge precludes the possibility of entrance from that direction. Black Ridge is used mainly for the grazing of sheep and some farming. One large sheep rancher owns or leases nearly the entire Ridge, and three or four others own out-lying portions and adjacent land. It is interesting to note that in the beginning these ranchers never locked the only gate permitting access to Black Ridge. Then the government moved a radio-sonde beam station to Black Ridge. About the same time the Colorado Highway Patrol built a short wave station there, and now the Denver & Rio Grande Railroad has done the same. The officials decided to lock the gate to discourage visitors, and keys are issued only to persons who have business there. If perchance you are fortunate enough to know someone who can gain you admission, then you are faced with a maze of dirt roads leading in all directions. Nearly all of these are merely tracks through the sagebrush and all, of course, are unmarked. One leads to Coal Mine Point, and another leads to the western edge of the mesa where the old Ute Trail drops from the mesa into the labyrinth of canyons bordering the Colorado River. Here, in 1959 Minor saw two specimens of minori, the first seen out side of the Coal Mine Point area. In mid-May of 1961 Davin L. Bauer and I spent the second of two days exploring this western edge of the mesa and found that the two specimens seen by Minor were definitely not strays. To the contrary, the butterfly was more common here than at the Coal Mine Point locality, and we collected it for a distance of about two miles along the rim, south to the last out-cropping of rock before the mesa drops off into Glade Park. So far, these two spots, separated for a distance of about three miles where for some unknown reason the butterfly does not seem to occur although 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 139 the terrain is the same, are the only known spots where you can take it. Papilio indra minori normally does not stray more than a hundred yards or so from its little corridor along the side of the mesa. However, in 1961 we had a glimpse of what we thought was one as we drove the twist- ing road along the edge of the cliffs in the Colorado National Monument. Minok, in a recent letter tells of seeing three strays, one in Glade Park, one in Devils Canyon, and one at the mouth of Pollock Canyon. All three were a considerable distance from “home”, which causes him to wonder if it might be extending it’s range. After observing it’s flight habits and the type of terrain to which restricted, and studying the country that can be seen to the south and correlating this with a map of western Colorado, we came to the con- clusion that it might be found in suitable locations along the western edge of the Uncompaghre Plateau, from Black Ridge which forms the extreme northwestern tip, clear into southwestern Colorado. There is a specimen in the Mesa Verde Museum which presently represents the southernmost record of this butterfly. But to verify this possible distri- bution will take a lot of doing, for the western Colorado border area is known only to a few ranchers, sheep herders, and some uranium pros- pectors. If any transient collectors have penetrated this area, then it apparently has been at the wrong time. It is not a promising land in which to collect, but the early collector may meet with some interesting species and possible new records. To illustrate, one record omitted from Colorado Butterflies by Brown, Err, and Rorcer in their publi- cation in the spring of 1957 was Melitza, or as it is now known Chlosyne, acastus. The fact that Minor had taken this commonly in the 30’s and 40's was overlooked until Dr. Huco Ropecx of the University of Colorado Museum captured the species in the Colorado National Monument between Grand Junction and Fruita. Since then I have taken it each time during the last three trips. In addition I have found Euchloe creusa, previously recorded only from southern Colorado, added to the few records of Atlides halesus, and most interesting of all, captured specimens of Anthocaris that seem referable only to inghami. The southern areas adjacent to Black Ridge look inviting and I'm hopeful of collecting on Pinon Mesa and in the Gateway areas in the near future to see if minori can be located there. The outlook for Pinon Mesa is remote how- ever, for Mr. Minor spent fifteen summers there without seeing one but agrees that the Gateway area is a possibility. [Since this article was submitted for publication, Scorr Exuis, of Hotchkiss, Colorado, took one specimen in Delta County, approximately 80 miles south of Black Ridge. ] 140 Err: Papilio indra minori Vol.16: no.2 Now that I have noted its scarcity, and the reasons why, here is a word or two about the number of specimens known to have been collected. As mentioned in the original description, it was described from fifteen specimens, all supplied by W. C. Minor, and at the time all in the Colorado Museum of Natural History. Since that time it is estimated that Mr. Minor has probably put into circulation about two dozen additional specimens. Most of these were taken in the 1940's; since that time he has not collected very actively. In 1947 the two ACKERMAN boys reputedly took 26 specimens, most of which were in very poor condition. Aside from these records, I feel extremely fortunate to have captured 26 specimens, 10 of these this past May when Davin BaAuErR also took eight specimens. It is probably safe to say that not over 100 specimens have ever found their way into collections. To take my 26 specimens has required five round trips of approximately 600 miles, which means that I drove about 115 miles for each specimen! In 1952 my trip was fruitless, in 1956 I took one (the only one seen), in 1959 I got nine in two days of collecting, in 1960, six in an afternoon and a moming, and in 1961, ten specimens in two full days, including the first female I’ve ever seen in the wild. Incidentally, I strongly suspect that when the food plant is determined, it will turn out to be Lomatium grayi (C. & R.). This conclusion was arrived at by the process of elimination of the plants found in minoris restricted locale. Papilio minori never seems to visit any flower other than Service-berry, but seems to prefer to alight in the few rocky areas where water has washed away the soil. I mentioned that I had captured 26 specimens of minori. I've taken close to twice this number, but have released at least half of those captured, and probably should have released more. Actually, Ive captured six good specimens, and herein lies the clue to the strange characteristic which makes it so difficult to get decent specimens, once youve cleared all the other hurdles. Among the butterflies with which any of you are familiar, are a few that are pugnacious in character .. . but here’s one that is actually ferocious! In the beginning Minor was of the opinion that his inability to ever capture a perfect specimen was caused by the wind that blows almost constantly across the high mountain ridge that is home to this butterfly. He thought that the rubbed and torn wings were the result of the battering by wind. Then one day he found the real reason and tells about “Belligerent Butterflies” for a complete chapter in his delightful and authentic nature book entitled Footprints In The Trail. He recounts how one day he had climbed the slopes of Black Ridge and stopped to rest in the shade of a stunted pifion. It was a warm and pleasant day and the air was filled with the singing of birds 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 141 and the hum of bees and other insects. He heard a faint clicking sound, but paid little attention until a tiny shower of fine, black dust sifted down through the branches of the tree beneath which he was resting. Then he looked up to see a ferocious life and death struggle going on only a few feet above his head between two butterflies. The faint clicking was made by their wings as they dashed back and forth, circling, flitting up and down, and occasionally crashing full tilt into each other, and the shower of black dust was of course, the tiny scales brushed from their wings during battle. Butterflies are usually associated with gaiety and frivolity, lightheartedness and beauty, and not thought of as ferocious creatures with murder in their heart and a desire to liquidate another of its own kind. Yet it was easy to see that these two were in deadly earnest for they were slugging and hammering away at each other until their wings were battered and torn and the scales wom from their wings. In succeeding years he observed numerous other bouts between these butterflies, and arrived at the same conclusion as anyone else who has observed them, that this is the real reason why it’s almost impossible to capture perfect specimens. He recounts in his book in the chapter devoted to this butterfly, how he was offered $25 each for up to four pairs of perfect specimens, and how he and another collector friend spent a day on Black Ridge pursuing indra minori. They had gone earlier in the season than usual to insure getting fresh specimens if any were to be taken. Upon arrival they found two specimens flitting about over a serviceberry patch. The brush was too thick to wade through and so they had to be content to remain along the edges and swing at the specimens anytime they ventured near enough to the edge of the patch to be within reach. Whenever they did alight just beyond reach, and sit for a few minutes so that they could be observed, it was readily apparent that these were freshly emerged, “perfect” specimens, the kind the museum wanted and they had dreamed of finding and capturing. Both collectors were full of enthusiasm but as the hours slipped by and they were unable to capture these two specimens their joy was mixed with first disappointment, and then despair. Then later in the afternoon two more minori suddenly appeared over the same berry patch, und almost instantly the battle was on. Now instead of winging lazily about over the patch they dashed furiously back and forth, crashing into each other, and soon a fog of black dust began to settle down, and then pieces of wings, while the two collectors stood helplessly by and watched a hundred dollars worth of butterflies being torn to bits before their eyes. Then all of a sudden the butterflies were gone, but shortly one of them returned and flapped slowly by and was now easily netted. 142 Err: Papilio indra minori Vol.16: no.2 Examination showed that its wings were so tattered and torn and badly rubbed that they were almost transparent in places. The tips of both forewings were broken, and one wing was torn down its full length Half of one of the hind wings was gone. It had lost a leg and an antenna. It was worthless. The collector with Minor had worn a new $10 hat that day to protect his hairless head from the sun, but by now he was so infuriated that he threw it to the ground, stomped on it in anger, then jammed it on his head, only to change his mind and with a snort of disgust, removed it and sailed it off the edge of the mesa, and headed for home with his bare head gleaming in the afternoon sun. My own personal observation of the intensity with which this butterfly does battle was not until 1959. In May of that year I spent two full days in the vicinity of Coal Mine Point collecting minori. On the second day as I was stalking a specimen, another sailed by and the first instantly arose to do battle. Almost immediately they were locked together, beating and tearing at each other and oblivious to everything else. They fell to the ground and I clamped the net over them, but even this had no effect as they continued to do battle. It was actually necessary to forcefully separate them, and of course both were ruined. That year I took 17 specimens. I released 8, and of the remaining 9, used parts of two of them to patch 5 of the others that they might somewhat resemble whole specimens. Only two specimens were in good shape. Apparently they were the only ones that had not already engaged in battle. In 1960 I was again treated to the same spectacle where two of them engaged in battle, and even after crashing into each other, then locking in combat and falling to the ground, proceeded to roll over and over as they attempted to outdo the other. This time I was fortunate enough to rescue one before he was too badly beaten, while the other was already a wreck. This past May, Davi Bauer who was a complete stranger to this butterfly and its ways, was fortunate enough to observe this war-like tendency, and commented upon the savageness of an encounter between two specimens. I had not forewarned him of this characteristic, so it was interesting to have his unsolicited corroboration of the fact that this graceful, elusive creature is undoubtedly the pugilistic king of the butterfly world when given an argument by another of its own kind. R.1 Fairview Estates, Boulder, Colo., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 143 OVER ONE HUNDRED BUTTERFLY SPECIES CAUGHT IN A SINGLE DAY (38rd JUNE 1961) AT MUSSOORIE, INDIA by Ernest M. SHULL Catching butterflies along an Himalayan mountain stream is a re- warding and exciting experience. The hill station of Mussoorie in north- west India is probably one of the best places in the world for collecting a large number of species. On June 4, 1957 a small party caught sixty- eight species in Mussoorie (Shull, 1958). This represented a record catch during our seven years of collecting in Mussoorie. Frequent field trips to the gardens, waterfalls, and streams in Mussoorie have confirmed the view that the largest number of species comes early in June before the heavy monsoon. On June 3, 1961 another small party, consisting of three adults (GLENN CAMPBELL, THoMas Cowarr and myself) and four boys (DEAN FasNACHT, PHitip CAMPBELL, JIM and Danny SHULL) left from our rest house at Prospect Point (alt. 7381 ft.) for the famous Pumping Station (alt. 5600 ft.). From 8:00 A.M. to 10:00 A.M., when collecting is usually limited to a few browns (Satyridz) and skippers ( Hesperiidz ), we hiked down the mountain to the stream. The two older boys, DEAN Fasnacur and Jim Suutx, took a slightly different path passing through the Mussoorie Municipal Garden (alt. 6535 ft.). Here they caught a variety of skippers and two species of clouded yellows, Colias electo and C. erate. The majority of species were netted between 10:00 A.M. and 3:00 P.M. at the Pumping Station nullah from an altitude of 5600 ft. to 5300 ft. One hundred and one species were caught and preserved, and four more species were observed but not captured; namely, Hypolimnas bolina ¢, Papilio machaon, Terias hecabe and Limenitis trivena. During the day I caught seventy-four species. My son, Jim, caught sixty-six species, adding thirteen more species to the list. DANNY, my youngest son, caught fifty-one species and added eight more to the list. Mr. CamMpsBeELt caught fifty-three species and contributed four more species to the total list. The two species of yellows (Colias electo and C. erate) were captured by Dean Fasnacut. Mr. Cowart was an observer on the trip, catching a few butterflies and enjoying the mountain scenery. The day was favorable with its warm sunshine and absence of rain, wind and clouds. By June 5th the rains came and the butterfly population was greatly reduced both in numbers and in the variety of species. 144 SHULL: Over 100 species in one day Vol.16: no.2 The following is a list of the one hundred and one species collected on June 3, 1961 in Mussoorie: DANAID:: Danaus genutia, D. aglea, D. limniace, Euplea core, E. mulciber (5 species). SATYRIDA®: Mycalesis lepcha, Lethe rohria dyrta, L. verma, L. sidonis, L. yama, Erebia nirmala, E. annada, E. scanda, Y pthima avanta, Y. nareda, Y. asterope, Melanitis leda, M. zitenius, M. phedima, Pararge schakra (15 species ). NYMPHALIDZ: Sephisa dichroa, Stibochiona nicea, Pantoporia opalina, P. asura, Neptis hyla, N. sankara, N. ananta, N. zaida zaida, N. mahendra, Cyrestis thyodamas, Pseudergolis wedah, Kallima inachus, Precis lemonias, P. orithya, P. iphita, Apatura ambica, Euthalia patala, Vanessa cardui, V. indica, V. canace, V. cashmiriensis, Atella phalantha, Symbrenthia hippoclus, S. hyselis, Limenitis danava, Diagora persimilis (26 species). ERYCINID: Libythea myrrha, Dodona durga, D. dipcea, D. eugenes, D. egeon (5 species ). LYCAENIDAK: Lycenopsis vardhana, L. puspa, L. huegelii, Polyom- matus astrarche, Zizeeria trochilus, Z. otis, Jamides bochus, Lyczna pavana, L. phleas, Heliophorus sena, Euaspa milionia, Thecla ziha, T. syla, Lampides beeticus, Cheetoprocta odata, Amblypodia ganesa, A. dama, A. dodonea, A. amantes, Spindasis nipalicus, Pratapa icetas, Chilades laius, Rapala nissa, R. selira (24 species). PAPILIONID&: Papilio protenor, P. polytes 3 and 2 form “romulus’, P. polyctor, Zetides cloanthus, Z. sarpedon (5 species ). PIERID:: Aporia leucodyce, A. agathon caphusa, Pieris canidia, P. brassicze, Gonepteryx rhamni, Colias electo, C. erate (7 species). HESPERIID4:: Pelopidas mathias, P. sinensis, Celznorrhinus leucocera, Tagiades menaka, Suastus gremius, Taractrocera danna, 4Eromachus stigmata, Polytrema eltola, P. lubricans, Notocrypta feisthameli, Udaspes folus, Hyarotis adrastus, Lobocla bifasciatus casyapa, Pedesta masuriensis (14 species). Below the Pumping Station sewage was seeping into the mountain stream forming a stagnant, stinky pool of water. At least seventy species of butterflies and a few moths were caught near the pool. The rare Siren (Diagora persimilis ), a pair of the Commodore (Limenitis danava) and the scarce Indian Purple Emperor (Apatura ambica) were captured with our nets. Danny SHULL caught the only three Sirens seen during the day. A majority of the skippers were collected in the Municipal 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 145 Garden. Late in the evening, when nearing our starting place of Prospect Point, a Common Wall (Pararge schakra) was caught terminating our day's highest catch. References Antram, C. B., 1924. Butterflies of India. 226 pp. Calcutta. Evans, W. H., 1932. The identification of Indian butterflies, 2nd ed. 454 pp., 32 pls. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., Madras. Peile, H. D., 1937. A guide to collecting butterflies of India. 360 pp., 15 pls. London. Shull, E. M., 1958. My highest catch of butterfly species in a single day (4th June 1957) Mussoorie, India. Lepid. news 11: 167-168. Wynter-Blyth, M. A., 1957. Butterflies of the Indian Region. 523 pp., 72 pls. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., Bombay. Ahwa, via Bilimora, Dangs Dist., B. S., INDIA ON LEPIDOPTERA ON CZECHOSLOVAK POSTAGE STAMPS During recent years in The Lepidopterists News several articles were published on the Lepidoptera on postage stamps issued in different countries of the world (Smith 1954, 1955; Wren 1955). These reports are interesting not only for the philatelists, but for the lepidopterists also. Therefore I give here a short report on a series of nine postage stamps issued on 27 November 1961 by the Czechoslovak Ministry of Transport and Communications. In this series are figured 8 species of butterflies and one moth occurring in Czechoslovakia. All stamps were designed by the National Artist, Professor Dr. h. c. Max SvaBINsky and were engraved by Jinpra Scumipt. The author of these stamps is the well known Dean of Czech artists, 88-year old Professor at the Academy of Art in Prague, Dr. SvaBINsky, mentioned in this Journal on another occasion (Moucha 1958). [He died 10 February 1962. | By the occasion of the issue of these stamps Dr. SvaBinsky proclaimed: “Before I send my butterflies out into the world I should like to give them a mission — the hope that in everyone who looks at them with a little interest they will awaken a longing to turn ever more frequently towards Nature and her beauty; for everyone who comes to her with an understanding of her language she offers a treasure trove of countless 146 MoucHa: Postage stamps Vol.16: no.2 new wonders and new miracles. For the riches of Nature, the great Comforter, are indeed infinite.” The stamps have the following species and values [100 h (“heller”) = 1 Kés (“Czechoslovak crown’) ]: 15 h—The Orange Tip (Anthocaris cardamines L.) 20 h— The Small Thais (Zerynthia hypsipyle Sch. = polyxena Den. & Schiff. ) 40 h— The Swallow-tail (Papilio machaon L.) 60 h— The Peacock (Nymphalis io L.) 80 h — The Camberwell Beauty (Nymphalis antiopa L.) 30 h— The Apollo (Parnassius apollo L.) 1,- Kés — The Underwing (Catocala fraxini L.) 1,60 Kés — The Red Admiral (Vanessa atalanta L.) 2,- Kés — The Brimstone (Gonepteryx rhamni L.). All species are figured in natural positions on flowers or in flight. The most successful is the Apollo sitting on flowering Thistle (Carduus) with the mountains in the background. In the background of the Swallow- tail is the Centralbohemian mythical Mount of Rip. On the stamp with the Brimstone is the silhouette of the ruin of the historical castle “Trosky” in the region of the Czech Paradise. On the background of the other stamps there are different types of the landscapes of Czechoslovakia without the exact determination of the place. The dimensions of the pictorial portion of the stamps are 22 « 38 mm. On the upper margin is the inscription “Geskoslovensko”, on the lower one there are the Latin and the Czech popular names of the figured species. Without doubt the new issue of Czechoslovak stamps with Lepido- ptera will be favorably accepted not only in Czechoslovakia but in the foreign countries also. References Anonymous, 1961. Butterflies—a new issue of Czechoslovak postage stamps. App Buble by Antiae ebralia: Moucha, J., 1958. An exposition of “The Butterflies of all the World” in Czechoslovakia. Lepid. news 11: 45. Smith, M. E., 1954. Philatelic Lepidoptera. Lepid. news 8: 13-16. I itibe beac roe , 1955. More philatelic Lepidoptera. Lepid. news 9: 12. JosEF Moucna, Entomological Department, National Museum, Praha, CZECHOSLOVAKIA 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 147 JOHN CARL HOPFINGER (1888 - 1961) June 7, 1961, marked the end of the road for one of America’s best known collectors, JouN Hoprincer of Brewster, Washington. He was born March 30, 1888, at Kastin, Austria, and came to the United States in 1906. Here he worked at various jobs until 1910 when he made his way along a pioneer wagon road to Brewster, the town he was to know as home for his remaining 51 years. In the year 1916 he did go to Texas for five years. While there he met and married Mary STEINMEYER. The couple returned in 1921 to Brewster, where they have since resided without interruption. During Joun’s lifetime as a resident of Brewster he was in the orchard business, and also worked as a carpenter. In the more recent years of his life he built a new Cape Cod home, which with the aid of his wife’s “green thumb” was one of the loveliest homes in the area. Because he was so well known, and because people were always calling to see his collection, he converted his double garage into a private museum in which was housed not only his butterfly collection, but also his geological specimens, for he was also in later years, an avid “rock hound”. He also acquired a stamp collection of goodly size. 148 John C. Hopfinger (1888-1961) Vol.16: no.2 For the present, Mrs. HoprinceEr intends to retain the Lepidoptera collec- tion, of about 20,000 specimens, and museum intact. A specialty is the Erebia section, with 900 specimens from Eurasia and North America. HopFINGcER started collecting butterflies as a small boy and was one of the greatest of what is sometimes referred to as the “old school”. He collected butterflies because of his love of them, and not usually for some scientific purpose. However, he was never too busy to collect specific groups for the specialist or scientist, or to help some tyro collector on his way with a gift of a couple hundred specimens. The amount of material in private collections, as well as museums and other scientific institutions, collected by this man is amazing. With his demise not only did lepidopterology lose a champion, but serious collectors and collections in all parts of the world lost one of the most prolific sources of North American specimens. Anyone expressing a desire for something in particular could be assured that he would do his level best to obtain it. With approximately 50 years of collecting at the edge of the little known Cascade Range, and his many field observations, it was small wonder that his stature as a field collector was so great, or that his contributions were so many and varied. Perhaps his most famous record is his 1956 capture of the only known U.S. specimens of Boloria astarte. He was also the first collector to take Gineis beani in the U.S.A. Specialists, seeking to pay homage to his collecting prowess, have honored him by naming many species and subspecies in his honor. Among these are Erebia epipsodea hopfingeri (Ehrlich) and Euphydryas anicia hop- fingeri (Gunder). Not only do my personal recollections of JoHN include thirty-odd years ‘of correspondence and fruitful exchanges, but also memorable visits to the HoprincEr household; once with a fever of 103° and a severe case of tonsillitis; once when I mentioned that I had never had my fill of Bing Cherries so he took a 3 gallon pail and we went across the road and picked enough that I could never make the same claim again; and the most memorable of all, the 27th of June 1943! On that day Jonn and his wife Mary took my wife and me collecting on Gold Creek near the site of a former C.C.C. camp. Here a broken irrigation ditch had spilled some water unto a large, flat, sandy area. Papilio had congregated here by the hundreds, or maybe even thousands. While our wives rested comfortably in the shade of nearby trees and operated the cyanide jars, Joun and I cautiously circled the sipping Papilio and as they arose in what at times was a virtual cloud, selected the ones we most desired, netted them and returned to the ladies and the cyanide jars. By the time the netted specimens were cared for, the disturbed butterflies would 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 149 be settled and we would repeat the process, until we had all that we wanted. Never had either of us seen such a sight, either before or after that, and I never expect to again. Surviving JOHN HoprinceR are his widow, Mary, of Brewster, two daughters, Barpara SHort of Grand Junction, Colorado, and Berry Corne.ious of Aurora, Colorado, and four grandchildren. DONALD EFF 820 Grant Place, Boulder, Colo., U. S. A. ON LOCALITIES OF HOPFINGER SPECIMENS Among the several institutions for which Joun C. Hoprincer collected large research series of Lepidoptera is the Peabody Museum of Yale University. A few years ago I called Mr. Hoprincer’s attention to the fact that he has used the locality “Brewster” on very many specimens which my own experience in the field as his guest made me certain were actually taken at much higher altitudes. It turned out that, like many collectors, he had regularly used the nearest town to his home as the locality for specimens taken anywhere near. He provided me with a checklist of the butterfly species of his area, with notes on the true localities. We have used it to correct the data labels on many of our HOPpFINGER specimens. The purpose of this note is to record the fact that “Brewster, Washing- ton” on HopFINcEeR material should be construed to mean “Brewster, Washington, region”. Brewster, HoprincEr’s postal address, is a small town on the north bank of the Columbia River in southern Okanagan County. The Hoprincer home tract is on the south bank a few miles eastward. This is an arid locality with few native trees and with Artemisia dracunculoides abundant (the food of the hundreds of Papilio oregonia taken by Hoprincer over the years). The following is Hoprincer’s list of his principal collecting localities in Okanagan County, with elevations above sea level: Brewster, 900’ Hart’s Pass, 6,197’ Black Canyon, approx. 1,200’ Tiffany Lake, approx. 7,000’ Alta Lake, 1,210’ Crater Lake, approx. 7,000’ Camp Gilbert, 3,527’ Slate Peak, 7,480’ Salmon Meadows, 5,400’ Cooney Mt., 8,200' Twisp Pass, 6,066’ | Tiffany Mt., 8,275’ 150 John C. Hopfinger (1888-1961) Vol.16: no.2 HoprFIncer’s contributions to research through specimens and cor- respondence field notes are very large, and he provided many of the records for B. V. Lercuron’s The butterflies of Washington (Univ. Wash. publ. biol. 9: 47-63; 1946), but he was not an active publisher. The following are his only works in print, as far as I know: 1918. Notes on Papilio indra Reakirt (Lep.). Ent. news 29: 354-355. 1947. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and British Columbia, in Field summary of Lepidoptera—1947 season. Lepid. news 1: 90. 1949. 2. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and British Columbia, in The field season summary of North American Lepidoptera for 1948. Lepid. news 2, suppl.: iii. 1950. 2. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, British Columbia, in The field season summary of North American Lepidoptera for 1949. Lepid. news 3: 87-90. 1951. 2. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, British Columbia, in The field season summary of North American Lepidoptera for 1950. Lepid. news 4: 92-93. 1952. 2. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, British Columbia, in The field season summary of North American Lepidoptera for 1951. Lepid. news 5: 88-91. 1953. 2. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, [British Columbia], in The field season summary of North American Lepidoptera for 1952. Lepid. news 7: 80-86. 1962. Francis Richard Armmhold (1904-1959) [obituary]. Journ. lepid. soc. 15: 124-125 [with W. E. Srexer]. CuHarwLes L. REMINGTON Dept. of Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. REVIEW MOTYLI [Moths, including butterflies; in Czech]. By Josef Moucha. 1962. 143 pp., 36 col. pls. Statni Détské Knihy [State Publishing House for Children’s Books], Prague, Czechoslovkia. Available from S N DK, Staropramenna 12, Praha 5, Czechoslovakia; price 18.60 Kés. This is a small book, intended to stimulate and guide an interest in collecting Lepidoptera. There are 15 short chapters on life history, distribution, and methods of collecting and preparing moths and butter- flies and their early stages. The remainder of the book is composed of fine colored plates of Czech Lepidoptera painted by F. PRocHazka, each faced by a page discussing the species illustrated. The figures show adults of 91 species of butterflies and 34 species of moths, mainly Sphingidee, Saturniidz, and Arctiide. C. L. Remincron, Dept. of Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 151 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be called to Dr. BELLINGER’s attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, new species and sub- species are noted, with type localities if given in print. B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Nye, I. W. B., “A new species of Amphipyrine from Madagascar (Lep. Agrotidz)” fin French]. Rev. frang. Ent., vol.26: pp.50-52, 3 figs. 1959. Description of Sciomesa biluma (holotype from Tananarive), a species from the east and center of Madagascar. [P. V.] Nystrom, Viking, “Macrolepidoptera from the Cape Verde Islands.” Comment. biol., vol.17, no.7: pp.1-36, 1 table, 1 map. 93 figs. 1958. Deals with the Papilionide, Pieride, Danaidze, Nymphalide, Lycenidz, Hesperiide, Sphingide, Noctuide, & Arctiidz collected by Prof. Hakan Lindberg & Samuel Panelius in 1953-54 (63 spp.). The male genitalia of a great number of the species are figured. Numerous of the Cape Verde species of the above groups of Lepidoptera are distributed over the continent of Africa and this indicates that the Cape Verde Islands should be referred to the Ethiopian region and not to the Palearctic. A number of the species are well known migrants with very wide distribution in subtropic areas. [W. H.] Obraztsov, N. S., “Characters separating Archips rileyanus and cerasivoranus as two species (Lopidoptera, Tortricidze).” Ent. News, vol.70: pp.263-267. 1959. Dif- ferences in adults, genitalia, & larve are pointed out. [P. B.] Obraztsov, Nicholas S., “Notes on North American Aphelia species (Lepidoptera, Tortricidz ).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.1964: 9 pp., 15 figs. 1959. Transfers Tortrix allenana to Aphelia; describes as new A. a. rindgeorum (Valley View Lodge, 10 mi. S. of Steamboat Springs, Routt Co., Colo., 7600 ft.), A. koebeli (Easton, Washington), A. septentrionalis (McKinley Park, Alaska). [P. B.] Obraztsov, Nicholas S., “On the systematic position of Tortrix. nigrivelata (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.1959: 6 pp., 5 figs. 1959. Erects ECNOMIOMORPHA for this Panamanian sp. [P. B.] Obraztsov, N. S., “Beitrag zur Klassification der mitteleuropdischen Olethreutinz (Lepidoptera: Tortricide)” [in German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., vol.10: pp.459-485, 8 figs. 1960. Describes as new BLASTESTHIA (type Phalena Tinea turionella); FRGZLICHIA (type Tortrix textana); PRISTERO- GNATHA (type Sericoris penthinana); PSEUDOHERMENIAS (type Phalzna clausthaliana); CAPRICORNIA (type Carpocapsa_ boisduvaliana); PARA- CELYPHA (type Phalena rivulana); CELYPHOIDES (type Tortrix flavipalpana). Proposes herrichiana n.n. for [Barbara] margarotana H.-S., uninominal & therefore not available; resurrects margarotana Heinemann for Gravitarmata retiferana. Gives a generic key to the Argyroploce - Olethreutes complex, & discusses species groups within these two genera. [P. B.] Obraztsov, Nicholas S., “On the systematic position of two genera erroneously placed in the family Tortricidee (Lepidoptera).” Journ. New York ent. Soc., vol.68: pp.21-26, 2 pls. 1960. Transfers Syncamaris to Copromorphide & Tapinodoxa to Phaloniide; descriptive notes on type spp., S. argophthalma & T. autonephes, with figures of former. [P. B.] i Obraztsov, N. S., & J. A. Powell, “Data on DECODES, a new North American cnephasiid genus, with descriptions -of mew species ( Tortricide).” Journ. 152 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.2 Lepid. Soc., vol.14: pp.112-126, 3 pls. 1961. Type fragariana Busck. Powell de- scribes as new D. montanus (Mt. Lowe, Los Angeles Co., Calif.), D. johnstoni (Mt. St. Helena, Napa Co., Calif.), D. aneuretus (Carmel, Monterey Co., Calif.) D. bicolor (Mt. St. Helena). Oku, Toshio, “Description of a new species of Acleris Huebner with notes on synonymy. ( Notes on Tortricidae of Japan, I) (Lepidoptera ).” Insecta matsumurana, vol.21: pp.74-76, 1 fig. 1957. Describes as new A. issikii (Sapporo; reared from Populus spp.). Sinks Cacecia teshionis to Archips adumbratana, & C. punicz to A. fuscocupreana. [P. B.] Olivier, R., “A propos de Zygzna ephialtes L. sub [sp]. parisica Reiss” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1960: pp.78-80. Note on Z. ephialtes in Normandy; parisica is a synonym of rubens Verity. [P. V.] Orfila, Ricardo N., “Notas sobre Lepidoptera Saturnioidea. I. NAMUNCURAIA mansosotoi gen.n., sp.n. (Hemileucid., Dirphiin.)” [in Spanish]. Mision de Estud. Patol. regional Argentina, vol.22, no.80: pp.45-52, 10 figs. 1951. Type locality Tandil, Buenos Aires Proy., Argentina; larve, on Eryngium, produce local dermatitis in humans. [P. B.] Orfila, Ricardo N., “Notas sobre Lepidoptera Saturnioidea. II. Una especie nueva de Hylesia (Hemileucid.) dermatitogena de Venezuela” [in Spanish]. Mision de Estud. Patol. regional argentina, vol.23: pp.119-121, 1 fig. 1952. Describes as new H. caripitox (Caripito, Venezuela). [P. B.] ) Orfila, Ricardo N., & Nelida H. Rossi, “Nuevos nombres genéricos en Lepidoptera” [in Spanish]. Rev. Soc. ent. Argentina, vol.19: pp.27-29. 1956. Proposes the new names: GATESCLARKEIA (Chrysaugide) to replace Curicta Walker, preoccupied (type C. oppositalis); MICHENERIA (Noctuidze) to replace Arza Hampson, preoccupied (type A. attenuata); MOUREIA (Noctuide) to replace Meroleuca Hampson, preoccupied (type M. microglossa). Points out that Cogia Butler (Hesperiidz) is preoccupied & must be replaced by Caicella Hemming. [P. B.] Orfila, Ricardo, & Sergio Schajovskoi, “Noctuidz (Lep.) nuevos o poco conocidos del Parque Nacional Lanin, Neuquen” [in Spanish]. Rev. Soc. ent. Argentina, vol.20: pp.33-39, 1 pl. 1957. Describes as new LANINIA (Cuculliinze, monobasic), L. fletcheri (San Martin de los Andes); Epipsilia nelidz (Pucara). Sinks E. ochricraspia to E. flavicosta. [P. B.] Orfila, Ricardo N., “Notas sobre Lithosiidz (Lepid.). II. El genero COSTALIMAIDA nov.” [in Spanish]. Physis, vol.21: pp.68-74, 1 pl. 1958. Describes new genus for Cisthene triplaga (type) & C. itatiayze; redescribes spp. [P. B.] Orfila, Ricardo N., & Sergio Schajovskoy, “Geometridze (Lepidoptera) del Parque Nacional Lanin (Argentina). I. El genero LACARIA nov.” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.17: pp.197-216, 1 pl., 10 figs. 1959. Describes as new tribe LACARINI, based on LACARIA; the type species L. araucanaria (Pucura); L. sperryi (Lago Paimun), L. picuncharia (Pucara), L. monrosi (Pucara), L. aczeli (Pucar&); all from Parque Nacional Lanin, Neuquen, Argentina, as is Casbia schajovskyi Sperry (emended spelling) which is also placed in Lacaria. Key to spp. [P. B.] Orfila, Ricardo N., & Sergio Schajovskoy, “Geometridz (Lep.) del Parque Nacional Lanin, Argentina. II. El genero Euclidiodes olim (Ennomine)” [in Spanish]. Rev. Soc. ent. Argentina, vol.22: pp.7-33, 1 pl., 17 figs. 1960. Redescribes Euclidiodes, & type, E. ophiusina; assigns related spp. to other genera, as follows: CATRIELIA, type agitata (Bulter); Proteopharmacis Warren, type P. valdiviata (Felder & Rogenh.); COIRONALIA, type cruciferaria (Berg), including C. denticulata (Butler); PUCARAIA, type P. lizeri n.sp. (Pucara, Parque Nacional Lanin). Key to genera; all spp. described & figured. [P. B.] Paclt, Jiri, “A protest against the atomizing of genera, with special reference to the Hepialidz (Lepidoptera).” Syst. Zool., vol.6: pp.51-52. 1957. Sinks Gymelloxes, Pfitzneriana, & Aplatissa to Apytus; Xhoaphryx to Hepialiscus. Complains of bd 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 153 inadequate definitions & comparisons of new genera, & excessive reliance on 2 genitalia. [P. B.] dos Passos, Cyril F., & Alexander B. Klots, “Proposal for the amendment of Article 21 of the Régles (i.e. Draft Article 22) so as to make its operation entirely objective in cases when a person other than the nominal author of the book or paper con- cerned is responsible for a name and its indication, definition or description.” Bull. zool. Nomencl., vol.15: pp.695-702. 1958. Authorship of Copzodes and Colias eurydice involved. [P. B.] dos Passos, Cyril F., “The satyrid butterflies of northwestern North America (Lepidoptera: Satyride).” Proc. 10th internat. Congr. Ent., vol.1: pp.673-681. 1958. Catalogue of spp. (Ca@nonympha, Cercyonis, CEneis, Erebia) of Alaska & northwestern Canada, west of the plains, including synonymy & type localities. Discusses biotic provinces in this area & the satyrid fauna of each. [P. B.] dos Passos, Cyril F., “The authorship and dates of publication of the names of some Rhopalocera proposed in the Reise der Césterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859 unter den Befehlen des Commodore B. von Willerstorf-Urbair, 1864-1867-[1875].” Lepid. News, vol.12: pp.193-194. 1959. dos Passos, Cyril F., “The authorship of the names proposed in the Natural history of the rarer lepidopterous insects of Georgia (1797).” Lepid. News, vol.12: pp-191-192. 1959. dos Passos, Cyril F., “The dates and authorships of the names proposed in volume 9 of Encyclopédie Methodique by Godart and Latreille, 1819-[1824].” Lepid. News, vol.12: pp.119-120. 1959. dos Passos, Cyril F., “The dates and authorships to be ascribed to the generic and specific names proposed by Boisduval and Leconte and by Leconte alone in the Lépidoptéres de lAmérique Septentrionale, 1829-1833-[1834].” Lepid. News, youl: pp121-122° 1959, dos Passos, Cyril F., “The dates and authorships of some names proposed by Cramer and Stoll in De uwitlandsche kapellen voorkomende in de drie waereld-deelen Asia, Africa en America, and by Stoll alone in Aanhangsel van het werk, de uitlandsche kapellen, voorkomende in de drie waereld-deelen Asia, Africa en America, door den Heere Pieter Cramer [(1775]-1791.” Lepid. News, vol.12: pp.195-198. 1959. dos Passos, Cyril F., “Taxonomic notes on some nearctic Rhopalocera. 1. Hesperiodea.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.14: pp.24-36. 1960. Paulian, R., “Etude sur les lépidoptéres malgaches. I. Deux nouveaux satyrides” [in French]. Naturaliste malgache, vol.2: pp.51-52, 2 figs. 1950. Strabena io (Mandritsara) & S. cachani (Moramanga), two new species of Madagascar Satyride. [P. V.] Paulian, R., “Etudes sur les lépidoptéres malgaches. 1]. Nouveaux satyrides” [in French]. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, ser. A, vol.6: pp.387-394, 9 figs. 1951. Descriptions and figures, with details of the genitalia, of eight new satyrid species of Madagascar: Strabena isoalensis (W. Madagascar, Isalo), S. andilabe (N. Madagascar, Tsaratanana Mt.), S. tsaratanane (same), S. perrieri (same), S. mandraka (central Madagascar, La Mandraka), S. albiviltuloides (E. Madagascar, Moramanga); Henotesia aberrans (N. Madagascar. Tsaratanana Mt.). [P. V.] Paulian, R., “Danaide, Nymphalidz, Acreide” [in French]. Faune de Madagascar, vol.2: 102 pp., 110 figs. 1956. A faunal list of these families of Rhopalocera of Madascar, with keys and descriptions of the species. [P. V.] Paulian, R., & G. Bernardi, “Les Eurema de la region malgache (Lep. Pieride)” [in French]. Naturaliste malgache, vol.3: pp.139-154, 2 figs. 1951. Keys, descrip- tions and drawings of the genitalia of the five species of Madagascar Eurema. E. floricola and E. hecabe, sometimes considered conspecific, are two distinct species and are both found in Madagascar. [P. V.] Pease, Roger W., jr., “A study of first instar larvae of the stanaiaes with special reference to nearctic genera.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.14: pp.89-111, 5 pls. 1961. 154 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.2 Pelham-Clinton, E. C., “Coleophora sternipenella (Zetterstedt) (Lep., Coleophoride ), a new British species; with a key to the British Coleophora on Chenopodium and Atriplex.” Entomologist, vol.92: pp.120-124, 6 figs. 1959. Distinguishes newly recorded species from C. flavaginella & C. versurella. Key to 8 spp. [P. B.] Pennington, K. M., “A new species of Thestor Hiibner (Lepidoptera—Lycenide ) from the western Cape Province and notes on the life history of Desmolycezena mazoensis Trimen.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.19: pp.33-36, 4 figs. 1956. Describes as new T. rileyi (Lourensford, Somerset West, 1550 ft.). Pupz of D. mazoensis found on young Acacia. [P. B.] Pereira, Olga de Avila, “Contribuigao ao conhecimento dos Ctenuchidze (Lep.). VIII. Genero Orcynia Walker. 1854” [in Portuguese; English summary]. Pap. avuls. Dep. Zool., Sao Paulo, vol.13: pp.161-177, 2 pls., 32 figs. 19585) Very detailed redescription of genus & sole species, O. calcarata. [P. B.] Petersen, Gtnther, “Die Genitalien der palaarktischen Tineiden (Lepidoptera: Tineide )” Lin German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., vol.7: pp.55-176, 338-379, 557-595; vol.8: pp.111-118, 398-430; 9 pls., 267 figs. 1957-58. Actually a revision of the family, based on study of all available palearctic spp.; the ¢ and 2 genitalia. which are described & figured, are the most important specific characters and, with larval food (when known) are the fundamental characters used in higher classification. Describes as new: Nemapogon gravosaellus (Orsova, Banet), N. heydeni (Austria), N. signatellus (Macedonia); CERATUNCUS (type Myrmecozela danubiella); Reisserita zernyi (Monchique, S. Portugal), R. luteopterella (Goundafa, Gr. Atlas, Morocco); Fermocelina christophi (S. Russia), F. almaella (Alma, Algeria), F. oranella (Teniet et Haad. Algeria); CERATOPHAGA (type Tineola infuscatella), C. kuldjaensis (Kuldja, central Asia); NIDITINEA (type Tinea fuscipunctella), N. distinguenda (Frankfurt a.M., Germany); Tinea leonhardi (Castelnuovo, Dalmatia); PARATINEA (type Tinea merdella); Monopis christophi (Sarepta, S. Russia); MONTETINEA (type Tineola __tenuicornella), M. montana (Macugnaga, Walliser Alpen); LICHENIVORA (type Tinea nigripunctella); OBESOCERAS (type Tinea granulatella); Infurcitinea amseli (Georgskloster, Wadi el Kelt, Palestine); LICHENOTINEA (type Tinea pustulatella), L. maculata (Burg Kate, Rhineland, Germany); Catabola zernyi (==Tinea hirudinea Zerny, nec Meyrick) (Tachdirt, 2200-2700 m., Gr. Atlas, Morocco), C. agenjoi (=Crassicornella crassicornella Agenjo, nec Zeller) (Granada, Spain), C. bifurcatella (Tunis); Myrmecozela lambessella cuencella (Cuenca, Spain); MOROPHAGOIDES (type Scardia ussuriensis); Rhodobates mauretanicus (Egypt); PARARHODOBATES (type Chimabacche? syriaca). Many new synonyms. No subfamilies are used, but seven groups of genera are recognized, centered around Nemapogon, Tinea, Infurcitinea, Catabola, Scardia, Euplocamus, & Rhodobates. Some genera & spp. of uncertain position are discussed. An important and impressive paper. LP. B.] Petersen, Giinther, “Neue paldarktische Tineiden aus der Gruppe der lichenophagen Gattungen (Lep. Tineid)” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N. F., vol.5: pp.367-375, 12 figs. 1958. Describes as new Obesoceras romanum (La Cava, Monti Albani); Infurcitinea raddei (S. Caucasus), I. olympica (Olympus Kataphygion, Greece), I. lambessella (Lambessa). Descriptive notes, mainly on genitalia, for Meessia alberti, Obesoceras holtzi, 4 spp. of Infurcitinea, & Lichenotinea maculata. hea Bed Petersen, Giinther, “Ergebnisse der Untersuchung indeterminierter paldarktischer Tineiden aus dem Zoologischen Museum Berlin und der Sammlung H. G. Amsel/ Karlsruhe (Lep.)” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N. F., vol.6: pp.152-159. 3 figs. 1959. Describes as new Cephimallota libanotica (Lebanon). Gives first description of 2 of Ateliotum syriacum. Sinks Nemapogon oueddarellus to N. palmellus, & Tinea takhouki to Ceratuncus affinitellus. Records of various spp. of these genera & Fermocelina, Tinea, Monopis, etc., with some descriptive & biological notes. [P. B.] 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15: Ot Petersen, Giinther, “Revision der Gattung Obesoceras Pet. 1957 (Lepidoptera, Tineide )” [in German]. Acta Soc. ent. Cechoslovenizx, vol.56: pp.197-199, 1 fig. 1959. O. danubiellum from Krems a.D. (Austria) described as new. Figure of male genitalia. [J. M.] Petersen, Gunther, “Tineiden aus Afghanistan mit einer Revision der paldarktischen Scardiinen (Lepidoptera: Tineide)” [in German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., vol.9: pp.558-579, 1 pl., 27 figs. 1959. Describes as new: Pachyarthra asiatica (Gulbahar-Sarobi Road, E. Afghanistan, 600 m., Artemisia steppe): Catabola obscura (Sarobi, E. Afghanistan, 1100 m.), C. sarobiella (Sarobi), C. amseli (Gulbahar, 1700 m., etc.), C. afghana (Sarobi); Episcardia luteola (Sarobi), E. pygmzana (Sarobi); Nemapogon flavifrons (Polichomri, N. Afghanistan, 700 m.); Neurothaumasia fasciata (Khinch-e-Andarab, W. Pamirs, N. Afghanistan, 3500-4000 m.); Paratinea orientalis (Gulbahar-Sarobi Road), P. sarobiella (Sarobi); Morophaga nigricapitella (Arghandab Road, 30 km. N. of Kandahar, SW Afghanistan, 1000 m.). Gives keys to known spp. of Pachyarthra, Episcardia, Neurothaumasia, & Haplotinea. Records some other tineids, with systematic notes. Reduces Scardiinz to 3 genera: Scardia (=Montescardia, n. syn.), Morophaga (=Atabyria & Microscardia, nn. synn.), and Morophagoides. Gives key to genera & palearctic spp. [P. B.] Petersen, Gunther, “Die Monopis-Arten der rusticella-Gruppe (Lepidoptera: Tineidz)” [in German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., vol.10: pp.409- 418, 2 pls., 4 figs. 1960. Distinguishes M. rusticella, M. weaverella, & M. spilotella by genitalia; sinks Tinea biflavomaculella to M. spilotella. [P. B.] Plantrou, J., “Note sur la répartition en France de Clossiana titania Esper (=amathusia Esper)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.1: pp.198-200, pl.IV, figs.1-6. 1960. Note on the distribution in France of this argynnid; describes as new C. t. lemagneni (Lozere, Saint-Denis-en-Margeride). [P. V.] Popescu-Gorj, A., E. Nicolescu, & A. Alexinschi, “Lepidoptera-A¢geriide”. Fauna Republicii Populare Romine, vol.XI, fasc.1: 195 pp., 5 pls., 59 figs. Bucharest, 1958. The authors give a detailed study about the A*geriide of Rumania. In this country the distribution of 40 spp. is recorded; 2 spp. probably occur. but have not been collected. Descriptions and life-histories are also included. The introductory part (pp.1-48) is a short review of the morphology, zoogeography, & bibliography of the family in Rumania. In the succeeding systematic part all known spp. are discussed in detail. Index and plates are at the end of the book, which is the first volume about Lepidoptera in the book-collection “Fauna of Rumania”. It is a very important contribution to the knowledge of the lepidopterous fauna of this country. [J. M.] Popescu-Gorj, Aurelian, “Erebia carpathicola A. Popescu-Gorj et A. Alexinschi, une nouvelle espéce du genre Erebia (Lep. Satyridae) des Carpathes roumains” [in French]. Entomologist, vol.92: pp.23-26, 1 pl. 1959. Type locality Mt. Haghimasul Mare, E. Carpathians, 1600-1700 m. [P. B.] Povolny, Dalibor, & Josef Moucha, “Kritischer Nachtrag zur Kenntnis der Taxonomie und Zoogeographie der Gattung Psodos Tr. (Geometride)” [in German]. Acta ent. Mus. nationalis Pragz, vol.32: pp.181-190, 18 figs. 1958. The paratypes of P. wehrlii Vorbr. and the genitalia are figured. P. didszeghyi Schmidt is not a good Sp. but a ssp. of P. coracina Esp. [J. M.] Povolny, Dalibor, & Josef Moucha, “II. Nachtrag zur Kenntnis der Taxonomie und Zoogeographie der Gattung Psodos Tr.” [in German]. Acta ent. Mus. nationalis Pragz, vol.33: pp.333-336, 1 pl. 1959. The Asiatic sp. P. daisetsuzana Mats. is discussed & sunk to P. coracina Esp.; genitalia figured. [J. M.] Povolny, Dalibor, & Josef Moucha, “Kritische Bemerkungen zu _ einigen Geometridengattungen II. (Narraga, Isturgia, Epelis)” lin German]. Acta ent. Mus. nationalis Pragee, vol.33: pp.453-460. 2 pls. 1959. Genus Fernaldella Hulst is only a subgenus of Narraga Wkr. Genus Epelis Hulst is identical with Semiothisa. [J. MJ 156 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.2 Povolny, Dalibor, “The high-mountain Geometridze of the genus Psodos Treitschke in relation to the species problem.” Proc. XV internat. Congr. Zool., pp.160-165, 11 figs. 1959. Discusses phylogeny of genus & its relatives (Psodinz, Gnophine), with notes on geographic origin & modifications of @ genitalia. [P. B.] Powell, Jerry A., “A new species of the genus Chionodes in California (Lepidoptera, Gelechiide).” Ent. News, vol.70: pp.127-130, 3 figs. 1959. Describes as new C. sabinianze (Russelman Park, Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa Co.; reared from staminate cones of Pinus sabiniana. (P. B.] Powell, Jerry A., “Studies on the genus Ethmia Huebner in western North America (Lepidoptera: Gelechioidea).” Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol.17: pp.133-151, 1 pl. 1959. Describes as new E. epileuca (Surprise Canyon, Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., Calif.), E. chemsaki (34 mi. S. of Atlixco, Puebla, Mex.), E. zebrata (same locality). Describes ¢ of E. phenicura. Locality records are given for 16 other spp., with some systematics & biological notes. [P. B.] Prose, Herbert, “Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayerischen Tortriciden” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., vol.7: pp.26-30, 40, 2 figs. 1958. Sinks Eriopsela roseni & E. bavarica to E. quadrana. Distinguishes Acleris tripunctana from A. ferrugana. Notes on identity & distribution of some other Bavarian spp. [P. B.] Prout, L. B., “New species of Indo-Australian Geometride.” Bull. British Mus., Ent., vol.6: pp.365-463, 6 pls. 1958. Descriptions of spp. figured on plates 29-34, 36-4lm & 50 of Seitz, vol.12 (the accompanying text was never published), and additional descriptions of and information on other spp. named in the same volume; prepared by D. S. Fletcher from Prout’s notes, with descriptions of addi- tional spp. which would have been published in this volume had it been finished. New: Eustroma hampsoni (=Cidaria “interplagiata Guenée” of Hampson); Sterrhocheta rectilineata indirecta (Paloe, Sidaonta, 4,500 ft.); EXODEZIA (type Eulype albifusa); Physetobasis dentifascia kachinica (Htawgaw, 6,000 ft.), P. d. rectipendens (lower Burma), P. d. kiunkiangana (Liunkiang); Eupithecia raniata (Darjeeling), E. circumacta (Darjeeling), E. albibaltea (Darjeeling), E pyricoetes (Sikkim), E. peguensis (E. Pegu, 4,000-5,000 ft.), E. albigutta (Simla, 7,000 ft.), E. fulcrata (Htawgaw, 6,000 ft.), E. mundiscripta commundata (Mt. Kinabalu), E. m. larutensis (Perak, Larut Hills, 3,700 ft.), E. excita (Tjamba, near Maros, 1,500 ft.), E. wardi (Tsangpo Valley, Tya La, 14,000 ft., SE Tibet), E. leucoprora (Mt. Goliath, 5,000-7,000 ft., about 139° E. Long., central Dutch New Guinea), E. lissopis (same locality); Micromia expectans (Angabunga R., affluent of St. Joseph R., 6,000 ft. upwards, British New Guinea), M. (Prosthetopteryx) hypocalypsis (Mt. Tafa, 8,500 ft., Papua), M. (P.) euthynsis (Mt. Goliath), M. (P.) e. evelina (Mt. Tafa), M. (P.) leucocarpa (Mt. Tafa), M. (P.) acroscotia (Mt. Tafa), M. (P.) novenaria (Mt. Goliath), M. (P.) recessilinea ae R., 5,000 ft., Br. New Guinea), M. (P.) dympna (Mt. Goliath), M. (P.) conquadrata a Goliath), M. (P.) dystacta (Mt. Tafa), WE (U2) es (Mt. Goliath), (P.) ni (Mt. Goliath), M. (P.) thaumasia (Mt. Goliath), M. (P.) monochasma An Goliath), M. (P.)dilopha (Mt. Goliath); Chloroclystis paneer bowringi (SE Ichang, Ya-chiao-ling, China), C. leucopygata cata (Pangean near Maros, 2,000 ft., SW Celebes), C. horistes (Phyalloloong, 12,600 ft., Nepal frontier). C. atroviridis perspecta (Patipola, Ceylon), C. boarmica Ke. Lampobattang, Parang-bobo-Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), C. naga (Naga Hills, 5,000-7,000 ft., India), C. sinuosa redeem (Haputale, Ceylon), C. griseorufa manquallata (Kuala Tae. Malaya), C. actephile (Kanara, Castle Rock, S. India), C. eichhorni (New Ireland), C. distigma (Snow Mts., Upper Setkwa R., 2,000-3,000 ft., Dutch New Guinea), C. rhodopis (Hydrographer as 2.500 ft., Br. New Guinea), C. infusata errabunda (Takow, Formosa), i. albitornalis (Karwar, S. India), C. i. exortiva (Mt. Rossel, 2,100 ft., Rossel a Ve C. taraxichroma (Batoeriti, 3,500 ft., E. Bali), C. breyniz (Pusa, jah. ex larva on Breynia rhamnoides), C. woodjonesi (Cocos-Keeling Is.), C. lepta sxneta 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ILS (Tonga), C. invisibilis invita (Koelawi, Paloe, 3,700 ft., W. Celebes), C. magnimaculata irabunda (Flagstaff, New Zealand), C. lanaris equabilis (Mt. Rice, 2,000 ft., Sudest Is.), C. xenisma (G. Tompoe, Paloe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), C. pugnax (Hydrogropher Mts., 2,500 ft., Br. New Guinea), C. apotoma (G. Lampobattang, Parang-bobo-Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), C. omocydia (Hydro- grapher Mts., 2,500 ft., Br. New Guinea), C. autopepla (Mt. Goliath, 5,000-7,000 ft., Dutch New Guinea), C. alpinista eupora (Mondoktoempang, 2,500 ft., W. Bali), C. acervicosta (Sambawa), C. catabares (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes ), C. curviscapulis (Darjeeling, Gopaldhara, 3,440-5,800 ft., India), C. melampepla (Paloe, G. Rangkoenau, 1,800 ft., W. Celebes), C. orphnobathra (Kedah Peak, 3,000 ft., Malaya), C. adalea (Mt. Kinabalu, N. Borneo), C. phenicophaes (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), C. cuneativenis (same locality), C. pygmeica (Ceylon), C. atypha (Paloe, G. Rangkoenau, 1,800 ft., W. Celebes), C. dilatata hydrographica (Br. New Guinea), C. luciana (Dharmsala, India), C. nudifunda (Pahang, Cameron Highlands, 5,500 ft., Malaya), C. semiscripta brychoma (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), C. palmaria phantastes (Gedeh, Java), C. permixta (Tengger, Kletak, 6,000 ft., Java), C. filicata mochleutes (Tjamba, near Maros, 1,500 ft., SW Celebes), C. dissographa (G. Lam- pobattang, Parang-bobo-Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), C. craspedozona (Batoeriti, 3,500 ft., E. Bali), C. c. venata (Haight’s Place, 7,000 ft., Pauai, Benguet, Luzon), C. c. heanis (Manusela, 6,000 ft., central Ceram), C. palpata diechusa (Khasi Hills, India), C. p. javana (Mt. Moenggal, 9,000 ft., E. Java), C. regularis viridimargo (Perak, 2,000-3,500 ft., Malaya), C. diabeta (Manusela, 6,000 ft., central Ceram), C. viridata phzina (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), C. diaschista (Mt. Goliath, 5,000-7,000 ft., Dutch New Guinea), C. subpalpata (Bukit Kutu, 3,500 ft., Selangor, Malaya), C. s. fractiscripta (Haight’s Place, Pauai, Benguet, Luzon, 7,000 ft.) (all above have been figured in Seitz); Ziridava xylinaria khasiensis (Khasia Hills), Z. x. kanshireiensis (Kanshirei, Formosa), Z. x. baliensis ( Batoeriti, 3,500 ft., Bali), Z. x. florensis (S. Flores), Z. rufinigra cedreleti (Cedar Bay, S. of Cooktown, Queensland), Z. asterota (Mt. Kina Balu, N. Borneo); Calluga grammophora (Mt. Goliath, 5,000-7,000 ft., Dutch New Guinea); Gymnoscelis polyclealis albicetrata (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), G. p. hyperocha (Kuranda, Queensland), G. expedita (Bukit Kutu, Selangor, Malaya, 3,500 ft.), G. ammocyma (Aden), G. pacilimon (New Ireland), G. festiva buruensis (Leksula-Fakal, 2,800-3,700 ft., Buru), G. f. jubilata (G. Lampobattang, Parang- bobo Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), G. holoprasia (Prapetagoeng, 1,500 ft., W. Bali), G. protracta (Perak, Larut Hills, 3,700 ft., Malaya), G. pyrissous (Tambora), G. imparatalis opta (Vulcan Is.), G. anaxia (Tomia, Toekan Bessi Is.), G. tristrigosa nasuta (Palni Hills, S. India), G. t. tongaica (Haapai Is., Tonga Is.), G. argyropasta (St. Matthias Is.), G. lavella (Vella Lavella, Solomon Is.), G. distatica (Khasia Hills, India), G. derogata griseifusa (Paloe, Gunong Tompoe, 9.700 ft., W. Celebes), G. d. abrogata (Hydrographer Mts., 2,500 ft., Br. New Guinea), G. phenicopus (Manusela. 6,000 ft., central Ceram), G. erymna nephelota (Lautoka, Fiji), G. mesophana hagia (St. Matthias Is.), G. m. taprobanica (Puttalam, Ceylon), G. m. celebensis (Paloe, G. Rangkoenau, 900 ft., W. Celebes), G. oblenita (Bukit Kutu, 3,500 ft., Selangor, Malaya), G. conjurata (Punduloya, Ceylon), G. latipennis (Perak, Gunong Ijan, Malaya), G. I. nepotalis (Tengger, Singolangoe, 5,000 ft., E. Java); Onagrodes victoria (Victoria, S. Tenasserim, Burma), O. barbarula (New Ireland), O. oosyndica (Pahang, Cameron Highlands, 4,800 ft., Malaya), O. eucineta (Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., Malaya); Pseudomimetis vailima (Upolu, Vailima, Solomon Is.); Hybridoneura metachlora lativitra (Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., Malaya), H. truncata (Hydrographer Mts., 2,500 ft., Br. New Guinea); Antimimistis attenuata melamphaes (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), A. cuprina (Haldamulla, Ceylon); Brabira operosa (7,000 ft., Sikkim); Microloba bella 158 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.2 taracta (Sikkim); Heterophleps paraspasta (Mt. Victoria, Pakokku, Chin Hills, 2,600 m., Burma), H. heinrichi (Pakokku, Chin Hills, 2,200 m., Burma); ELLIPOSTOMA nn. for Myostoma Warren, preoccupied; Cryptoloba mesta (Shillong, India), C. peperitis (Sikkim), C. metorchatica (Tien-Tsuen, W. China); CHRIOLOBA (type Lygranoa cinerea Butler), C. andrewesi (Pykara, 6,500 ft., Nilgiri Hills), C. ochraceistriga (Khasia Hills, India), C. 0. sectilinea (Mou- lin, W. China); Carige extremaria coniochyta (Pakokku, 2,200 m., Mt. Victoria, Burma); Goniopteroloba biconcava (Mt. Kina Balu, N. Borneo), G. pallida pangeanensis (Pangean, near Maros, 2,000 ft., SW Celebes); Leptostegna asiatica antelia (Wa-Shan, 6,000 ft., China); Acasis viretata himalayica (Khasia Hills, India); Nothocasis octubris (Szechuan. Liang-fen-kiang, 2,500 ft. to Shih-shah- shu, 7,400 ft.); Trichopteryx polystictaria tsangpoensis (Tsangpo Valley, Doshong La, 10,500 ft., SE Tibet), T. knyvetti (Sikkim); Trichopterygia rubripuncta miantosticta (Siao-Lou, W. China), T. dejeani (Ta-Tsien-Lou, W. China), T. rufinotata illumina (Yatong, Tibet), T. pilcheri (Darjeeling, India), T. rivularis acidnias (Tsekou, W. China), T. adiopa (Darjeeling, India), T. hagna (Mishmi Hills, Minutang, 3,900 ft., Burma), T. micradelpha (Sikkim), T. teligera (Narkundah, Kashmir), T. pulcherrima exsanguis (Haight’s Place, Pauai, Benguet, Luzon); Phthonoloba decussata moltrechti (Arizan, Kagé Distr., 8,000 ft., Formosa); Steirophora permista (Haight’s Place, 7,000 ft., Pauai, Benguet, Luzon); Episteira delicate isoepes (Manusela, 6,000 ft., central Ceram); PE. carchara (Riu-kio Is.); Megaloba eucola (Goodenough Is., 2,500-4,000 ft.), M. loxobasma (Mt. Goliath, 5,000-7,000 ft., Dutch New Guinea), M. admeta (Manusela, 6,000 ft., central Ceram), M. a. papuana (Mt. Tafa, 8,000 ft., Papua); Dystypoptila hebes (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes); Sauris eupitheciata isocraspeda (Vulcan Is.), S. arfakensis catopercna (Mrapat, 5,000 ft., central Buru), S. a. seclusa (Kedah Peak, 3,200 ft., Malaya), S. patefacta (Frasers Hill, 4,000 ft., Pahang, Malaya), S. olearia (G. Lampobattang, Parang-bobo Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), S. erecta sententiosa (Manusela, 6,000 ft., central Ceram), S. ptychosyrma (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), S. basilia (Gunong Lampobattang, Parang-bobo Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), S. muscosa pleonectes (Paloe, G. Rangkoenau, 1,800 ft., W. Celebes), S. inscissa (Khasia Hills, India), S. othnia (Batchian), S. usta asema (Nongkodjadjar, 4,000 ft., E. Java), S oetawana (Snow Mts., near Oetakwe R., up to 3,500 ft., Dutch New Guinea). Some “abs.” are also named. Most new entities described in the second part are figured. Specimens on the Seitz plates are identified. [P. B.] Razowski, J., “Acleris heringi n. sp. (Tortricidee)—a new species from central Asia” [in English; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.27: pp.139-140, 1 fig. 1958. One specimen (male) from Samarkand; the genitalia are figured. [J. M.] Razowski, Jozef, “New and little known Palearctic species of the Cnephasiini (Tortricide )” [in English; Polish & Russian summaries]. Acta zool. cracov., vol.2: pp.560-606. 1958. As new are described: Cnephasia (Anoplocnephasia) margelanensis (Margelan, Ferghana valley, USSR), C. (A.) stachi (Samarkand, USSR); Eana (Eana) hungarie (?Hungary), E. (E.) samarkande (Samarkand, USSR), E. (E.) pallifrons (Ulan-Bator, Mongolia); Cnephasia (Cnephasia) nowickii ( Uliassetai, Mongolia), C. (C.) heringi (Amasia), C. (C.) constantinana (Constantine), C. (C.) alfacarana (Sierra de Alfacar, Spain), C. (C.) microstrigana (S. Ildefonso, Spain), S. (C.) parnassicola (Parnass, Greece), C. (C.) cinereipalpana (Wladiwostok, USSR); also some “forms”. Genitalia & imagos of all new spp. are figured. [J. M.] Razowski, J., “Remarks on the species of the subgenus Brachycnephasia Réal and a new species of the subgenus Cnephasia s.s. (Tortricide)” [in English; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.27: pp.75-84, 8 pls. 1958. Describes as new C. (B.) tripolitana (Jefren, Tripolitania), C. (B.) klimeschi (Stari Dojran, Macedonia); and C. (C.) fiorii (Jefren, Tripolitania). All types & genitalia are figured. [J. M.] 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 159 F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Khanna, K. L., L. N. Nigam, & V. D. Puri, “Chilo tumidicostalis Hampson—a serious stem borer pest of sugarcane in Bihar.” Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., vol.36: pp. 75-94, 7 pls. 1957. Describes biology, distribution, & economic importance; figures all stages. [P. B.] Kibe, Mitsunori, “Breeding of Canonympha edippus and Pararge achine (Satyride ) in Korea” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.2: pp.65-69, 7 figs. 1948. Foodplants: sedges and grasses. [T. I.] Kibe, Mitsunori, “Life-history of Papilio helenus nicconicolens Butler, with morphologi- cal notes on its earlier stages” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.4, no.10: pp.45-54, © figs., 1 pl. 1952. Foodplant: Ponciris trifolia. [T. 1.] Kirst, G., & F. Stauder, “Auftreten und Bekampfung des Ennomos quercinaria Hfn. in den Forstamtern Fischback (Saar) und Saarbriicken (1952-54)” [in German]. Forstwiss. Zentralbl., vol.73: pp.271-275, 5 figs. 1954. Biology & control. Kiyosawa, Haruchika, “On the life history of Anthocaris cardamines isskii Matsumura (Pieridz ) collected in Mt. Togakushi” [in Japanese]. New Entomologist, vol.1, no.2: pp.19-21, 1 fig. 1951. Foodplant:Arabis lyrata. (T. 1.] Klimesch, Josef, “Zur Cheetotaxie der Raupe von Bucculatrix fatigella Heyd. (Lep. Bucculatrigide)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.35: pp.143-145, 4 figs. 1950. Describes & figures larval setal pattern. [P. B.] Klomp, H., “Die morphologischen Merkmalen und die Bionomie der Kiefernspanner- Tachine Carcelia obesa Zett. a=rutila B. B.)” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.38: pp.228-294, 5 figs. 1956. Describes all stages & biology of this parasite of Bupalus piniarius. [P. B.] Klomp, H., “The number of generations, the host-change and hibernation of Trichogramma embryophagum Htg. in pine woods in the Netherlands” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.16: pp.117-120, 2 figs. 1956. Biology of parasites of various pine-feeding Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Klots, Alexander B., “The larva of Hyperzeschra georgica (Notodontide).” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.203-204. 1957. Knight, Fred B., “Insect damage to Loblolly Pine cones.” Virginia Forests, vol.7: pp.14-15, 2 figs., 1 map. 1952. Dioryctria amatella & Laspeyresia toreuta re- sponsible. [P. B.] Knight, John E., “Rearing Antitype xanthomista (Hiibn.) (Black-Banded Moth).” Ent. Gaz., vol.6: pp.164-165. 1955. Notes on larve; stock lost because of poly- hedrosis. [P. B.] Knowlton, George F., “Some insects of Utah celery fields.” Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., vol.25: pp.163-165. 1948. Abstract. Kobayashi, Hiroshi, “Biology of lichen-feeding moths (1)” [in Japanese]. Trans. lep. Soc. Japan, vol.3: pp.9-10, 4 figs. 1953. Parasiecia altaica (Arctiidae). [T. I.] Kobayashi, Hiroshi, “On the morphological and biological study of Chionama hamata Walker in Japan (Lepidoptera, Arctiide)” [in Japanese; English summary]. Butt. & Moths (Trans. lep. Soc. Japan), vol.4: pp.21-24, 7 figs. 1954. Describes early stages of this lichen-feeder; records parasite; gives distribution. [P. B.] Kobayashi, Shiro, “Studies on the distribution structure of the Common Cabbage Butterfly Pieris rapzx in cabbage farm.” Sci. Rep. Tohoku Univ., 4th Ser. (Biol.), vol.23: pp.1-6, 2 figs. 1957. Distribution of eggs contagious until late summer, then random; larval distribution tends to become random with more age. [P. B.] Koch, Manfred, “Zur Biologie des Kiefernprozessionsspinners, Thaumatopaa pinivora Tr.” [in German]. Beitr. Ent., vol.3:pp.423-427. 1953. Sp. has a 2-year cycle and larvee & adults are found in alternate years. Notes on emergence, adult habits, pupation. [P. B.] Kéchli, W., “Eine Beobachtung bei den Raupen von P. cynthia” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol.2: p.41. 1948. Larva feeding on another, freshly dead, larva. [P. B.] : 160 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.2 Koishikawa and Takeyaya Senior High Schools, “Research on the damages caused by Hyphantria cunea (Arctiide) in Tokyo” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.4, no.ll: pp.6-10, 2 figs., 3 maps, 3 tables. 1951. Komarek, Oldrich, “Zur Bionomie und Ekologie Calligenia (Miltochrista) miniata (Forst.)” Lin Czech; Russian & German summaries]. Acta Soc. ent. Cechosloveniz, vol.52: pp.195-200, 3 figs. 1956. Interesting paper about life history of this species, namely about feeding of larve. [J. M.] Korbel, Z., M. Luxova, & A. Lux, “Die Pappelmotte (Phyllocnistis sufusella) als Schadling der Pappelbaumschulen” [in Slovak; Russian & German summaries]. Biol. Sbornik, vol.7: pp.127-142, 11 figs. 1952. Biology & control of this sp. are described. P. sufusella is a pest of poplar in S. Slovakia. [J. M.] Kovacs, L., “Die Wirkung der gelegentlichen Gesellschaften auf die Dispersion der Schmetterlingsimagos” [in German; Magyar & Russian summaries]. Ann. Hist.- nat. Mus. nation. hung., ser.2, vol.3: pp.191-201. 1953. Records numerous nocturnal Lepidoptera feeding at sunflowers; shows that collecting at sunflowers gives only incomplete picture of fauna, & that presence of sunflowers alters composition of collections made nearby by other methods. [P. B.] Kramer, John Paul, “The effects of extremes in temperature on populations of Pyrausta nubilalis (Hbn.) infected with Perezia pyraustz Paillot.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.3: p.27. 1957. Abstract. Kratochvil, Josef, “Malo znamy Skudce suSené papriky, zeleniny a lé¢ivych bylin” [in Czech; French & Russian summaries]. Ochrana Rostlin, vol.19/20: pp.49-54. 1948. Acidalia herbariata (Geometride) as pest of dried red pepper, vegetables, and curative herbs in storehouses and warehouses. Indoors this species has four generations per year. [J. M.] Krauss, Noel L. H., “Notes on insects associated with Lantana in Cuba.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.15: pp.123-125. 1953. Records Syngamia hzmorrhoidalis, on leaf; Platyptilia sp., Crocidosema sp., & Epinotia lantana, on berries. [P. B.] Krieg, Aloysius, “Eine Microsporidie aus dem kleinen Frostspanner (Cheimatobia brumata L.)” [lin German]. Naturwissenschaften, vol.43: p.186, 2 figs. 1956. Describes new protozoan parasitizing this sp. [P. B.] Krieg, Aloysius, & Richard Langenbuch, “Eine Polyhedrose von Aporia crategi L. (Lepidoptera). I. Mitteilung” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenk- rankh., vol.63: pp.95-99, 3 figs. 1956. Describes a new virus & disease produced. Ue, 18.1 Krieg, Aloysius, “Virus-Isolierung aus kranken Larven von Hibernia defoliaria L. und Euproctis chrysorrhea L.” [in German]. Naturwissenschaften, vol. 43: pp.260-261, 2 figs. 1956. Describes 2 new viruses from these moths. [P. B.] Krieg, Aloysius, “Uber Aufbau und Vermehrungsmoglichkeiten von stabchenformigen Insekten-Viren” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. Naturforsch., vol.12b: pp.120-121. 1957. Structure of pathogen of Aporia cratezgi. [P. B.] Kruel, Walther, “Der Kiefernspinner, ein Katastrophenschadling. Bemerkungen iiber den Stand seines Massenauftretens und die Wege zu seiner Bekampfung” Lin German]. Forstwirtsch., Holzwirtsch., vol.2: pp.199-203, 3 figs. 1948. Biology & control of Dendrolimus pini. [P. B.] Krutch, Joseph Wood, “Monarch of the skies.” Natural Hist., vol.66, no.1: pp.24-27, 7 figs. 1957. Life history of Danaus plexippus. [P. B.] ERRATA Two important errors were printed in the abstract of Marron’s first paper in the preceding issue of the Journal (page 76). In the 10th and 12th lines, the correct spellings of two new species are Trigonuncus flavipunctalis (not “‘flavopunctalis” ) and Amahona fusconebulalis (not “fusconebulis” ). EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: CuHarnves L, REMINGTON Associate Editor _ (Literature Abstracting) : PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors”): FrepD T. THORNE Harry K. CLeNcH —N. S. Osraztrsov — Eucene G. MuNROE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: J. W. TmpEN Manager of the Memoirs: SipnEy A. HeEssEL NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may be required to pay for overage. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but may appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Remincron, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor: Dr. J. W. TuzpEN, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances to: GrorcE Ene, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. Address Society correspondence to: Dr. P. R. Enriicu, Div. of Systematic Biology, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S. Z. Frup Co., INc. New Haven, Connecticut 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.16: no.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Notes on overlapping subspecies. I. An example in Speyeria zerene by L. P. Grey & 0A... Morck 300) a 81-97 Notes on Lepidoptera ovipositing on plants toxic to their larvze by BR. STRAATMAN 0.00050 MOO sO 99-103 A rare paper of W. F. Kirby by . Pappy B. McHENRY: .).000 020500. 2) 104 Evolutionary mechanisms of the Pieris napi —bryoniz group [conclusion] by (Z. LORKOVIC i.e 105-127 Colias activity in November and December in Pennsylvania by Arntuur M. SHAPIRO «203.5000 ee 129-130 Observations and records of butterflies attracted to light in India by Jontan P. DONAHUE 0) es lo oe 131-135 FIELD NOTES A mosaic melanic male of Papilio glaucus; by Harry SIcHER ............ 98 Butterflies at lights; by Davm W. Boumow ...............0.ccccccseccseerseeses 128 Song Sparrows feeding on Lepidoptera; by W. L. OLsow ................ 136 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS A little about the little-known Papilio indra minori by Donwaup Err 22800 ne 137-142 Over 100 butterfly species caught in a single day at Mussoorie, India by Epnesr My SMwi (0.00 sn.) cart edt 143-145 A note on Lepidoptera on Czechoslovak postage stamps by JOSEF MOUGCHA oiic.60oiiscccstecetatules eaienseoees lee ee 145-146 Supplementary notes on Rhopalocera of Donner Pass, California by Tuomas C.) & Journ F. EMMEL o....c.ieiccee 136 Biographical obituary of John C. Hopfinger (1888-1961) . by Dowan Br 6.566 sik daiwecsses tg Mee ee eee 147-149 On localities of Hopfinger specimens by Caarees L. REMINGTON...) 149-150 REVIEW: Moucha, Motyli, by C. L. REMINGTON. ............0..cccccee 150 RECENT. LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA <oiooi. icy icccserese 151-160 Volume 16 : 1962 Number 3 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN ln This Issue HYBRID AUSTRALIAN PAPILIO REVIEW OF EANA (TORTRICIDZ) SEVEN NOTES ON NEARCTIC THECLINES (Complete contents on back cover) 11 February 1963 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1962 OFFICERS President: Joun A. Comstock (Del Mar, Calif., U. S. A.) Ist Vice President: H. B. D. KetrLewe.u (Oxford, England) Vice President: Hirosui INoveE (Fujisawa, Japan) Vice President: Tarsicio EscALANTE (Mexico City, Mexico) Treasurer: GrorcE Ente (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SmwNEY A. HEssEx ( Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Pau R. Exnruicn (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1962: Harry Krocerus ( Helsingfors, Finland ) F. M. Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo., U. S. A.) Terms expire Dec. 1963: J. C. E. Rrorre (Toronto, Canada) Daurpor Povotny (Brno, Czechoslovakia) Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. DE La Torre y Caueyas (Havana, Cuba) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. eae a ee. oe ~ a ae a, ee ee ee. JOURNAL OF Tue Lepipoprerists’ SOCIETY Volume 16 1962 Number 3 A HYBRID BETWEEN PAPILIO AAGEUS 44GEUS AND PAPILIO FUSCUS CAPANEUS, WITH A NOTE ON LARVAL FOODPLANTS by R. STRAATMAN Papilio 2geus Donovan and Papilio fuscus Goeze are closely related species. They are very similar in their morphology, but differ markedly in one respect, namely that the former shows sexual dimorphism while the other does not. P. 2geus occurs in various races throughout New Guinea and in Eastern Australia as far south as Canberra, while P. fuscus is rather more widely distributed extending westwards into the Indo- Malayan region, but in Australia southwards as far as Brisbane. In south-eastern Queensland P. wgeus xgeus is a common species, the larvz occurring on a variety of rutaceous plants in several genera. P. fuscus capaneus Westwood, however, is usually less common and may not be seen for several years. Its larve have been found on only a few species of rutaceous plants. (See Table 1A) During 1959, both species were common in the Brisbane area and attempts were made to cross-mate them, as described below. Generally results follow the pattern reported by other workers with this genus, e. g. Remincron (1960) and Ar (1960). The matings were carried out by fixing the individual specimens very gently on the top of blocks of balsa wood. The closed wings were covered with paper strips, fixed with a pin at each end, while the legs